Você está na página 1de 347

Command and Function Syntax

O N - L I N E M A N U A L
Copyright  1982 - 1999 by ERDAS, Inc. All rights reserved.

Printed in the United States of America.

ERDAS Proprietary - Delivered under license agreement.


Copying and disclosure prohibited without express written permission from ERDAS, Inc.

ERDAS, Inc.
2801 Buford Highway, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329-2137 USA
Phone: 404/248-9000
Fax: 404/248-9400
User Support: 404/248-9777

Warning
All information in this document, as well as the software to which it pertains, is proprietary material of ERDAS, Inc., and is
subject to an ERDAS license and non-disclosure agreement. Neither the software nor the documentation may be reproduced in
any manner without the prior written permission of ERDAS, Inc.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Trademarks
ERDAS is a trade name of ERDAS, Inc. ERDAS and ERDAS IMAGINE are registered trademarks of ERDAS, Inc. Model
Maker, CellArray, ERDAS Field Guide, and ERDAS Tour Guides are trademarks of ERDAS, Inc. Other brands and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


Command Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Built-In Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Syntax and Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Job Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
‘job’ commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Spawn Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
‘spawn’ commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Application Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
‘application’ commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Function Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Applications that use Function commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Shell Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
shell scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

CDROMutil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

adjustnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

append . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

arcdxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

iii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

arciges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

arctiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

arf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

broker_start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

bshutil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

build_filesets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

build_install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

build_tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

buildtat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

iv
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

chipmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

classifyisodata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

clnsrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

clpnewatt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

convdfad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

convdlg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

convexport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

convolvetool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

convsdts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

convshapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

v
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

convvpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

coordcalc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

covbuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

covclean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

covcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

covcreatelabels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

covdelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

covexternal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

vi
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

covinfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

covmosaic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

covrename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

covsubset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

covtoraster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

covtransform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

crelab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

dataview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

vii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

degrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

dsceditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

dxfarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

efsd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

eml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

emta_start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

enter_codewd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

erdmaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

viii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

eshuffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

etakarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

exportarcgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

exportarcinterchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

exportdem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

exportdfad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

exportdlg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

exportdoq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

exportdxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

ix
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

exportgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

exportgis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

exportgrass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

exportgrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

exportiges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

exportjfif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

exportlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

x
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

exportovr2dxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

exportpcx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

exportsdts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

exportsdtsraster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

exportshape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

exporttiff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

exporttiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

exportvpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

xi
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

exprojections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

fft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

fftauto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

ffteditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

ffthmorph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

fftinverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

fftmag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

xii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

fonttablemaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Document Context Functions 135
The context for all of the application functions listed below is the fonttablemaker dialog. 135

generalize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

generate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

gridline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

hfaview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

igesarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

imageinfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Document Context Functions 145
The context for all of the application functions listed below is the imageinfo document window. A current-
ly selected image layer can be obtained from the imageinfo document window. References to the currently
selected image layer below always refer to the currently selected image layer in the imageinfo document
window represented by the context of the function call. 145
Be aware that some of these application functions may be sensitive to the states (enabled/disabled) and
values of frameparts in the imageinfo dialog that are not directly referenced in the application function call.
145

xiii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

imagine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

imagine_environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

imgcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

importadrg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

importadri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

important . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

importarcgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

importarcinterchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

xiv
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

importascii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

importascii2cov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

importascii2ovr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

importavhrr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

importavhrrdundee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

importavhrrsharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

importdfad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

importdig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

xv
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

importdlg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

importdxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

importdxf2ovr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

importetak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

importgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

importiges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

importradarsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

importrpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

xvi
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

importsdts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

importsdtsraster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

importshape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

importspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

importspotgeospot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

importtiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

importtm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

xvii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

importvpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

imremsv.customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

imtool.customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

imess.customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

install_broker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

install_imagine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

jpegcompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

jpegdecompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

killstring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

xviii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

lineagg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

linegrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

mapmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

mappatheditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

modeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

modelmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

o_install_printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

ovrann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

ovrlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

ovrpnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

xix
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

ovrseg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

ovrsrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

pixeltotable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

pntprf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

pointgrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

pointnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

polygrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

printfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

printmanager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

prodnf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

xx
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

qvendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

radarbri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

radarfrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

radarlee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

radarmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

radarnf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

radarslant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

xxi
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

rastertocov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

regionerror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

removedangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

renode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

rmarccover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

rmmodule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

runarch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

scriptrc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

setuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

setup_fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

xxii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

setup_hp700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

setup_personal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

setup_rs6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

setup_system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

setup_toolkit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

showsysid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

sigmaval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

tabletool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

xxiii
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

tabletopixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

tapeserver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

tapeutil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

tigerarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

tigerpnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

trans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

ungen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

versiontool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Context-less Functions 303
The application functions listed below are general purpose application functions and, as such, disregard
the context passed in their respective C Language argument lists. 303

viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Viewer Window Commands 305
These viewer commands create or delete viewer windows. 305

xxiv
Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual

Viewer Layer Commands 306


These viewer commands create or open layers in the viewer. 306
Viewer Composition Commands 310
The viewer composition commands create or open map compositions into the view window. For informa-
tion on map compositions see Map Compositions. 310
Viewer Window Contents Commands 312
The window contents commands visually modify the contents of the view windows by stretching, rotating
or scrolling the displayed area of the image layers. 312
Viewer ColorTable and Histogram Commands 315
The color table and histogram viewer commands are described here. Each of these commands modifies
the histogram data or lookup table in the top layer of the view window in some manner. 315
Multiple Viewer Window Commands 316
Viewer Miscellaneous Commands 318
Viewer State Commands 318

vueplayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Document Context Functions 320
The context for all of the application functions listed below is the vueplayer window. References to the
currently-selected Vue Player List below always refer to the Vue Player List open in the vueplayer docu-
ment window, represented by the context of the function call. References to the currently-selected Vue be-
low always refer to the Vue in the line of the currently-selected Vue Player List where the “>” is. 320

xxv
IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax

IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax


Command Statements
A command is a statement of the form:

command [arg]... ;
The ERDAS IMAGINE software recognizes these types of commands:

♦ Built-In Commands
♦ Job Commands
♦ Spawn Commands
♦ Application Commands
♦ Function Commands
♦ ApplicationFunctions DLL Class
♦ Shell Scripts
♦ Utilities
➲ You can find an alphabetic index of all commands and functions by clicking the Contents
button on the help viewer menu above. Open the IMAGINE Command and Function
Syntax book and scroll to the bottom where you will find the Alphabetical Index.

When the script interpreter encounters a command statement, it first checks to see if that
command is a “Built-In” EML command. If the command name is not one of those listed in the
script interpreter’s command names table, the interpreter checks to see if the command is either
a “Job” or a “Spawn” command. If this fails, the interpreter then consults the function commands
list supplied by the application within which the interpreter is running. If all of the above fail, the
interpreter assumes the command is an IMAGINE application command.

Built-In Commands
The built-in commands are available to all IMAGINE applications. The syntax of each built-in
command is defined by EML. This syntax is described in the EML On-Line Manual.

Syntax and Style

The command descriptions in this document use the following syntax and style:

♦ Tokens and keywords are in bold text.

1
IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax

♦ Non-terminal symbols are in italic text.


♦ Rectangular brackets, ’[ ]’, are used to indicate an option or a list of alternatives that may be
NULL.

♦ Curly braces, ’{ }’, are used to indicate a list of alternatives that cannot be NULL.
♦ A vertical bar, ’|’, is used to separate alternatives.
♦ An ellipsis, ’...’, is used after a closing rectangular bracket to indicate that an option may be
repeated indefinitely.

♦ Each major non-terminal or token will have its own descriptor. Current descriptors are.

Descriptor Description

%d decimal format number


%f floating point format number
%x hex format number
%o octal format number
%s a string of characters
%w file node list

2
Job Commands

Job Commands
The “Job” command is really built into EML but is treated separately in this documentation from
the “Built-In” commands. The script interpreter treats a “Job” command as an indication that the
executable named as the second argument of the “Job” command is to be started with command
line arguments equal to the “Job” command arguments. Thus, the syntax of the “Job” command
is defined jointly by EML and the executable to be run.

When a “Job” command is executed, the session manager displays a progress dialog box
through which the user may monitor the progress of the job or cancel the job. Multiple processes
using the same executable image may be initiated through the execution of multiple “Job”
commands.

Any “Job” command may be started directly from a command line interface to the operating
system, such as a shell, by omitting the JOB keyword.

‘job’ commands

chipmaker

classifyisodata

covbuild

covclean

covcopy

covcreatelabels

covdelete

covexternal

covrename

covsubset

covtoraster

3
Job Commands

covtransform

degrade

fft

fftauto

ffthmorph

fftinverse

fftmag

imgcopy

jpegcompress

jpegdecompress

mapmaker

modeler

prodnf

radarbri

radarfrost

radarlee

radarmap

radarnf

4
Job Commands

radarslant

rastertocov

sigmaval

5
Spawn Commands

Spawn Commands
The “Spawn” command, like the “Job” command, is also really built into EML. The script
interpreter treats a “Spawn” command as an indication that the executable named as the second
argument of the “Spawn” command is to be started with command line arguments equal to the
“Spawn” command arguments. Thus, the syntax of the “Spawn” command is also defined jointly
by EML and the executable to be run.

Unlike a “Job” command, however, when a “Spawn” command is executed, the session manager
does not display a progress dialog box through which the user may monitor the progress of the
job or cancel the job. The “Spawn” command, then, is often used to start an application that
provides its own interface, or to start a shell script, or a daemon. Multiple processes using the
same executable image may be initiated through the execution of multiple “Spawn” commands.

Any “Spawn” command may be started directly from a command line interface to the operating
system, such as a shell, by omitting the SPAWN keyword.

‘spawn’ commands

exportarcgen

exportarcinterchange

exportdem

exportdfad

exportdlg

exportdoq

exportdxf

exportgen

exportgis

exportgrass

6
Spawn Commands

exportgrid

exportiges

exportjfif

exportlan

exportovr2dxf

exportpcx

exportsdts

exportsdtsraster

exportshape

exporttiff

exporttiger

exportvpf

importadrg

importadri

important

importarcgen

importarcinterchange

importascii

7
Spawn Commands

importascii2cov

importascii2ovr

importavhrr

importavhrrdundee

importavhrrsharp

importdfad

importdig

importdlg

importdxf

importdxf2ovr

importetak

importgen

importiges

importradarsat

importrpf

importsdts

importsdtsraster

importshape

8
Spawn Commands

importspot

importspotgeospot

importtiger

importtm

importvpf

pixeltotable

tabletopixel

9
Application Commands

Application Commands
An “Application” command is a way for the EML script interpreter to send commands to an
application. If the application is already running, the command arguments of the “Application”
command are sent to the application. For this reason, multiple processes using the same
executable image may NOT be initiated through the execution of multiple “Application”
commands. If the application is not running, the session manager will attempt to start the
application using the “Application” command arguments as command line arguments.

The following EML script code starts the IMAGINE Viewer, if it is not already running, and opens
a Viewer window.

on mousedown {
viewer create at 10 10 size 200 300;
}

The syntax of an “Application” command is defined solely by the application.

Any “Application” command may be executed directly from a command line interface to the
operating system, such as a shell. When executed outside of the IMAGINE environment,
however, the application will always be started, i.e., it is not possible to send an application
command to an already running application from a command line interface to the operating
system.

‘application’ commands

convolvetool

coordcalc

covinfo

covmosaic

dataview

dsceditor

eml

ffteditor

10
Application Commands

fonttablemaker

hfaview

imageinfo

mappatheditor

modelmaker

tabletool

versiontool

viewer

vueplayer

11
Function Commands

Function Commands
An application function may be used like a command when it is not embedded in an expression.

For example:

on valuechanged processdata ($dataformat);

where processdata is a function provided by the application or by a DLL Instance from the
ApplicationFunctions DLL Class.

The syntax of a “Function” command is defined solely by the application or DLL Instance
providing the function.

Any value returned by the function will be discarded by the script interpreter when the function is
used as a command.

“Function” commands may not be used outside of EML scripts. If the “Function” command was
defined by an application rather than an instance of the ApplicationFunctions DLL Class, the
command may not be used outside the EML script associated with the application.

Applications that use Function commands

ffteditor

fonttablemaker

hfaview

imageinfo

versiontool

viewer

vueplayer

12
Shell Scripts

Shell Scripts

shell scripts

CDROMutil

arch

broker_start

bshutil

build_filesets

build_install

build_tape

customize

emta_start

imagine

imagine_environment

imremsv.customize

imtool.customize

imess.customize

install_broker

13
Shell Scripts

install_imagine

killstring

o_install_printer

rmmodule

runarch

scriptrc

setuid

setup_fonts

setup_hp700

setup_personal

setup_rs6000

setup_system

setup_toolkit

tapeutil

14
Utilities

Utilities

utilities

adjustnode

append

arcdxf

arciges

arctiger

arf

build

buildtat

clnsrt

clpnewatt

convdfad

convdlg

convexport

convsdts

convshapes

15
Utilities

convvpf

crelab

dxfarc

efsd

enter_codewd

erdmaster

eshuffle

etakarc

exprojections

generalize

generate

gridline

igesarc

lineagg

linegrid

ovrann

ovrlin

ovrpnt

16
Utilities

ovrseg

ovrsrt

pntprf

pointgrid

pointnode

polygrid

printfilter

printmanager

project

qvendor

regionerror

removedangle

renode

rmarccover

showsysid

tapeserver

tigerarc

tigerpnt

17
Utilities

trans

ungen

18
CDROMutil

CDROMutil
Description

The IMAGINE Bourne shell CDROM utility function definition script.

Commands

. CDROMutil
The CDROMutil command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in other
Bourne shell scripts. The script contains CDROM access utility function definitions. This
command is intended to be run only from the OS command shell.

19
adjustnode

adjustnode

Description

This is an ESRI executable that processes nodes in a coverage. It cannot be run from command
line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys
functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(adjustnode), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for
an example.

20
append

append
Description

This is an ESRI executable that join coverages together. It cannot be run from command line nor
from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for
sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (append), and for
forking the child process. See file mapjoin.f in covmosaic module for example.

21
arcdxf

arcdxf
Description

This is an ESRI executable that exports a coverage to a DXF file. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(arcdxf), and for forking the child process. See file exportdxf.c in exportdxf module for example.

22
arch

arch
Description

The ERDAS architecture identification script.

Commands

arch
The arch command determines the ERDAS system architecture of the system upon which
it is run and echoes the result to stdout. The ERDAS system architecture is a name that
identifies the operating system name and version/machine hardware (cpu) combination. If the
system architecture cannot be determined, ‘unknown’ is echoed to stdout. This command
was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

23
arciges

arciges
Description

This is an ESRI executable that exports a coverage to an IGES file. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(arciges), and for forking the child process. See file exportiges.c in exportiges module for
example.

24
arctiger

arctiger
Description

This is an ESRI executable that exports a coverage to an IGES file. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(arctiger), and for forking the child process. See file exporttiger.c in exporttiger module for
example.

25
arf

arf
Description

This is an ESRI executable that builds arc topology for a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(arf), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

26
broker_start

broker_start
Description

The ERDAS license broker start-up script.

Commands

broker_start [showStatus] [startupDir] [serverHost]


The broker_start command starts the ERDAS license broker, erdmaster. The script
always invokes the erdmaster program with the -l option specifying /tmp/erdmaster.log as
the log file. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

showStatus → -s
Specifies that the return status of the invoked erdmaster program should be echoed
to stdout. By default the script echoes nothing unless there is a failure starting the
erdmaster program in which case a diagnostic message is echoed to stderr.

startupDir → -d directory → -d %w
Specifies the startup directory to use to invoke broker_start on a remote machine if
serverHost is not NULL. By default this is $IMAGINE_HOME/bin as evaluated on
the local machine.

serverHost → %s
Specifies the remote host upon which to invoke broker_start for purposes of starting
the license broker on a remote host. The remote start-up is attempted through the
UNIX rsh command.

27
bshutil

bshutil
Description

The IMAGINE Bourne shell utility function definition script.

Commands

. bshutil
The bshutil command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be source’d in other
Bourne shell scripts. The script contains utility function definitions. This command is intended
to only be run from the OS command shell.

28
build

build
Description

This is an ESRI executable that builds polygon topology for a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(build), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

29
build_filesets

build_filesets
Description

The IMAGINE file set archiving script.

Commands

build_filesets [doBuild] [source] [destination] [interactive]


[fileSetType]... [prefix | moduleList]
The build_filesets command archives file sets in a format that can be used by the
IMAGINE installation script, install_imagine. File sets should always be built under the
SunOS 4.1.x operating system or they will not necessarily be able to be un-archived on all
supported IMAGINE platforms. This command was designed to be run from the OS
command shell.

doBuild → -b { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether the script should actually build the file sets (1) or simply compute
the sizes of the file sets (0). The default is to build the file sets.

source → -s directory → -s %w
Specifies the source directory for IMAGINE_HOME. By default, this is
$IMAGINE_HOME. If IMAGINE_HOME is not set, the default is ‘dirname
$SCRIPT_PATH‘, where $SCRIPT_PATH is ‘dirname $0‘.

destination → -d directory → -d %w
Specifies the directory into which the file sets should be built. The default is the current
directory.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is
run. The default is on.

fileSetType → -t { arch | gnrl | data }


Specifies the file set type(s) to build for the named modules. The default is -t gnrl
-t data -t $ARCH.

prefix → %w
Specifies a 2 character vendor prefix to use to search for modules for which file sets

30
build_filesets

are to be built. The script searches for the file <prefix>modules.lst in the
<IMAGINE_HOME>/install directory. If it finds this file it will search the
<IMAGINE_HOME>/install directory for a file list for every module named in the file in
combination with every file set type specified on the command line. It will use then use
these files to build file sets from the files in the <IMAGINE_HOME> directory.

moduleList → module [module]...


Specifies one or more modules to be built from the file lists in the IMAGINE installation
at IMAGINE_HOME. If any modules are specified, the vendor prefix will be ignored.

31
build_install

build_install
Description

The IMAGINE installation tools copying script.

Commands

build_install [source] [destination] [interactive] [fileList]


The build_install command copies the IMAGINE installation tools to a directory outside
the IMAGINE installation area in preparation for building an IMAGINE installation tape or
CDROM. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

source → -s directory → -s %w
Specifies the source directory for IMAGINE_HOME. By default, this is
$IMAGINE_HOME. If IMAGINE_HOME is not set, the default is ‘dirname
$SCRIPT_PATH‘, where $SCRIPT_PATH is ‘dirname $0‘. The installation tools will be
copied from <IMAGINE_HOME>/install.

destination → -d directory → -d %w
Specifies the directory into which the installation tools should be copied. The default
is the current directory.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is
run. The default is on.

fileList → file [file]...


Specifies one or more files to be used as the IMAGINE installation tools. If a list is
specified, it will override the default list that is hardcoded in the script.

32
build_tape

build_tape
Description

The IMAGINE installation tape building script.

Commands

build_tape [prepend] [device] [source] [interactive] [autoWorkspace]


The build_tape command creates an IMAGINE installation tape from a tape image
directory prepared previously with the build_filesets and build_install commands. This
command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

prepend → -p { 0 | 1 }
Specifies installation tools should be placed on the tape. By default (1), the installation
tools are placed on the tape.

device → -f [hostname:]deviceFile → -f [%s:]%w


Specifies the tape device file to be used to make the tape. If no hostname is specified,
a local tape drive is assumed.

source → -s directory → -s %w
Specifies the source directory for the files to be included on the installation tape.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is
run. The default is on.

autoWorkspace → -w { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether or not the work space required for installing the tape should be
automatically calculated (and placed on the tape). By default (1), the work space
required is automatically calculated.

33
buildtat

buildtat
Description

This is an ESRI executable that builds annotation topology for a coverage. It cannot be run from
a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(buildtat), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

34
chipmaker

chipmaker
Description

Raster image file image chip creation program.

Commands

job chipmaker [chipRecreate] [chipDir | chipFile | fileTitle]...


chipWidth chipHeight
The chipmaker command creates image chips of dimensions chipWidth X chipHeight for
all files of raster imagery specified. The file names are either specified explicitly through a
chipFile option or are specified implicitly by virtue of their presence in a directory indicated
by a chipDir option (both of these options may be specified repeatedly). An image chip is
a (usually small) RGB representation of the entire image in the image file using the layers
indicated by the “<File Type> <Color> Band Default” eml preferences. If an up-to-date .chp
file exists for a given image file, no image chip will be created. If a .chp file is out of date or if
the chipRecreate flag is ‘1’, any existing .chp file will be overwritten. If no directories are
specified via the chipDir option and also no files are specified via the chipFile option,
the current directory will be used (i.e., it will be as if the ‘-d ./’ option had been specified).

chipRecreate→ -r %d
A flag to force the re-creation of image chips. Specify ‘1’ for yes, ‘0’ for no.

chipDir → -d %w
A directory to scan for image files.

chipFile → -f %w
A file for which an image chip should be created or updated.

fileTitle → -t %s
A raster format title may be specified so that only files of a specific raster format will be
considered for chip creation. This option makes most sense with the chipDir option, but
it will suppress/allow chip creation on individually specified files as well. If multiple
fileTitle options are specified, a raster file will be considered for chip creation if it
matches any one of the specified formats.

chipWidth → %d
The width (in pixels) of the image chip to be created.

35
chipmaker

chipHeight → %d
The height (in pixels) of the image chip to be created.

Functions

None.

36
classifyisodata

classifyisodata
Description

Classifyisodata performs an isodata algorithm on multispectral imagery to extract signatures and


create an output cluster image. See the ERDAS Field Guide for more information.

Arguments

classifyisodata inputfilename -l layerflag -s signatureflag -o origin


-v validsigs -a axistype -s scale -c convergence -i iterationamax -n
number -z zeroflag -skip xskip yskip -c coloroption red green blue -
aoi aoifilename -m metername

-l layerflag → %d
0 or 1 to indicate whether to produce an output classified layer. The default is 1.

-s signatureflag → %d
0 or 1 to indicate whether to produce an output signature file. The default is 1.

-o origin → %s
A value of “sigs” sets the cluster centers to begin from existing signatures.

-v validsigs → %s
Passes a signature file, the means of which will initialize the cluster centers.

-a axistype → %s
Set the axis though the data which is used in cluster cinter initialization. Valid strings are
“principal” and “diagonal”.

-s scale → %f
The number of standard deviations along the axis to use for cluster center initialization.

-c convergence → %f
The convergence threshold which terminates the isodata iterations. Valid values are 0.0
to 1.0.

37
classifyisodata

-i iterationmax → %d
The maximum nuumber of iterations to perform.

-n number → %d
Number of classes to create.

-z zeroflag → %d
0 or 1 to indicate whether to use input values of 0 in the precess.

-skip xskip yskip → %d %d


Skip factors to use in the process.

-color colortype red green blue → %s %d %d %d


Colortype specifes “truecolor” or greyscale” . Red, green, and blue indicate the band
combination to use for truecolor approximation.

-aoi aoifilename → %s
Specify an aoi file name to use in the process.

-m metername → %s
Specify a string for the meter.

38
clnsrt

clnsrt
Description

This is an ESRI executable that sorts the features in a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(clnsrt), and for forking the child process. See file covclean.c in covclean module for example.

39
clpnewatt

clpnewatt
Description

This is an ESRI executable that generates a new attribute table for a coverage. It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(clpnewatt), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for
example.

40
convdfad

convdfad
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a DFAD file. It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(convdfad), and for forking the child process. See file importdfad.c in importdfad module, and
exportdfad.c in exportdfad module for example.

41
convdlg

convdlg
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a DLG file. It cannot be run
from acommand line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(convdlg), and for forking the child process. See file importdlg.c in importdlg module, and
exportdlg.c in exportdlg module for example.

42
convexport

convexport
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and an arc interchange file (e00
file). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an
application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and
arguments to the child process (convexport), and for forking the child process. See file
importarcinterchange.c in importarcinterchange module, and exportarcinterchange.c in
exportarcinterchange module for example.

43
convolvetool

convolvetool
Description

The convolvetool program provides the user interface for performing file to file convolution
filtering.

Commands

convolvetool
The convolvetool command starts the convolvetool program.

Functions

None.

44
convsdts

convsdts
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a SDTS file. It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(convsdts), and for forking the child process. See file importsdts.c in importsdts module, and
exportsdts.c in exportsdts module for example.

45
convshapes

convshapes
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a SHAPE file. It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(convshapes), and for forking the child process. See file importshapes.c in importshapes
module, and exportshapes.c in exportshapes module for example.

46
convvpf

convvpf
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a VPF file. It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(convvpf), and for forking the child process. See file importvpf.c in importvpf module, and
exportvpf.c in exportvpf module for example.

47
coordcalc

coordcalc
Description

Coordinate calculator does point transformation from one projection to another.

Commands

coordcalc
This command takes no argument. It invokes a GUI that allows the user to transform x-y
points from one projection to another.

Functions

None

48
covbuild

covbuild
Description

Build Arc/Info coverage topology.

Commands

covbuild coverage_name [fclass]


This command builds an Arc/Info coverage of type fclass. (Create or update a feature
attribute table for a coverage.)

coverage_name → %s
Full path of the Arc/Info coverage.

fclass → -t[ype] feature_type --> -t[ype] %s


Specify POLY for polygon topology, LINE for line topology, POINT for point topology.

Functions

None

49
covclean

covclean
Description

Clean Arc/Info coverage and build topology.

Commands

covclean incover [outcover] [dangle] [tolerance] [type]


This command cleans an Arc/Info coverage and builds topology.

incover → %s
Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outcover → %s
Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage, if you don’t want the incover to be
overwritten.

type → -t[ype] feature_type --> -t[ype] %s


Designate the type of coverage to clean. Acceptable values for type are POLY
(default) and LINE.

dangle → -d[angle] dangle_length --> -d[angle] %f


Specify the dangling length: the maximum length allowed for a dangling arc in the
output coverage.

tolerance → -tol fuzzy_tolerance → -tol %f


Specify the fuzzy tolerance: the minimum distance between arc vertices in the output
coverage.

Functions

None

50
covcopy

covcopy
Description

Copy an ARC/INFO coverage or grid.

Commands

covcopy in_coverage [out_coverage]


This command copies an Arc/Info coverage.

in_coverage→ %s
Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

out_coverage→ %s
Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage. If no output coverage is given, the coverage
will be copied to the local directory with the same name, if such a coverage does not
already exist.

Functions

None

51
covcreatelabels

covcreatelabels
Description

Creates label points for coverage polygons.

Commands

covcreatelabels in_coverage [idbase]


This command creates label points for coverage polygons. User-IDs for the new label points
are automatically assigned.

in_coverage → %s
Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

idbase → -i[d] idbase → -i[d] %d


Designate the minimum User-ID value to be assigned to new label points. The
specified value will be the User-ID for the first polygon encountered which has no label
point. User-IDs are then incremented by one for each subsequent polygon having no
label point. Specifying an {idbase} of 0 will cause the creation of new labels for all
polygons. In this case, each User-ID will equal the polygon's internal number minus
one. This is the default value.

Functions

None

52
covdelete

covdelete
Description

Delete an Arc/Info coverage or grid

Commands

covdelete dataset_name [option]


This command deletes the named Arc/Info coverage or grid. If no option is given, the default
is assigned to “-all”. This will delete the coverage or grid along with its associated Info tables.

dataset_name → %s
Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage or grid.

option → -arc | -info | -all


Specify what to delete. The -arc option deletes the coverage or grid and all external
files, including its feature attribute tables. No other Info files associated with the
coverage or grid are deleted. The -info option deletes the INFO files only. The -all
option deletes everything: the ARC coverage or grid, and any Info files associated with
it.
Functions

None

53
covexternal

covexternal
Description

Correct external file path names for a geographic data set's INFO data file.

Commands

covexternal dataset_name
This command corrects the external file path names for a coverage or a grid.

dataset_name → %s
Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage or grid.

Functions

None

54
covinfo

covinfo
Description

Display information of an Arc/Info coverage.

Commands

covinfo [covername}
This command invokes a GUI program that displays coverage info, allows the user to define
projection or to re-project an Arc/Info coverage.

covername → -name coverage_name → -name %s


Full path of the Arc/Info coverage to be described.

Functions

None

55
covmosaic

covmosaic
Description

Map-join up to 500 coverages to a single coverage.

Commands

covmosaic gui [out_cover] [template [feature] [clipcov] [renumber]


This command invokes a GUI application that can join up to 500 polygon coverages.

gui → -GUI
Invoke a GUI version of this command.

out_cover → -out covername → -out %s


Full path of the output coverage.

template → -t[emplate] template_cov → -t[emplate] %s


Specify a template coverage whose features define the set of features to be joined.
You can either use this option or the “-f feature” option.

feature → -f[eature] feature_class → -f[eature] %s


Specify the set of features to be joined. Cannot be used along with the template
coverage option. Valid options are POLY, LINE, POINT, and NODE.

clipcov → -clip[cov] clip_cover → -clip[cov] %s


Specify a clip coverage that subsets the output coverage.

renumber → -r[umber] renumber_type → -r[umber] %s


Defines how the tics and other features will be numbered in the output coverage. IDs
can be optionally offset to ensure unique ID values for the output coverage features.
The ID offset is equal to 1 plus the highest ID value in the previously joined coverage.
Following are the options for renumber_type:
NONE - All old IDs will be kept. This is the default.
FEATURES - Only feature IDs will be offset to keep them unique.
TICS - Only Tic ID will be offset to keep them unique.
ALL - Both Tic and feature IDs will be offset to keep them unique.

56
covmosaic

Functions

None

57
covrename

covrename
Description

Rename an ARC/INFO coverage or grid.

Commands

covrename nameold namenew


This command renames an Arc/Info coverage.

nameold → %s
Full path of the Arc/Info coverage or grid to be renamed

namenew → %s
Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage or grid.

Functions

None

58
covsubset

covsubset
Description

Subset an Arc/Info coverage.

Commands

covsubset incover outcover subsetcover [type] [tolerance]


This command subsets features from a coverage using the subset coverage as a cookie
cutter.

incover → %s
Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outcover → %s
Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

subsetcover → %s
Full path of the polygon coverage that defines the subset region.

tolerance → -tol fuzzy_tolerance → -tol %f


fuzzy tolerance: the minimum distance between arc vertices in the output coverage.
The default is 0.002

type → -t[ype] feature_type → -t[ype] %s


Designate the feature classes to subset. Acceptable values for type are POLY, LINE,
POINT, RAW. In each case, the corresponding feature attribute table (pat or aat) is
saved to the output coverage. The default is POLY.

Functions

None

59
covtoraster

covtoraster
Description

Covert an Arc/Info coverage to an image file.

Commands

covtoraster inputname outputname [gui] [cellsize] [value_item]


[lookup_table] [weight_table] [upperleft] [lowerright] [background]
[blocksize] [compression] [ignorezero] [pixel_type] [subsample]
This command converts a coverage to an image file. It first converts the coverage into a
temporary grid, then imports the grid into an image file.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out out_image → -out %s


Full path of the output image file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

cellsize → -cell[size] cell_size → -cell[size] %f


Specify pixel-size. The default is x_range/1000

value_item → -value[item] item_name → -value[item] %s


Specify an item in the coverage’s feature attribute table used to assign codes to the
grid. By default the internal point number is used.

lookup_table → -lookup[table] table_name → -lookup[table] %s


An INFO file used to define grid cell codes. If specified, the lookup table must contain
two items: {value_item} and CODE.

weight_table → -weight[table] table_name → -weight[table] %s


An INFO file used to assign weights to grid cell codes. These weights are used to
resolve cases when a single cell can have several possible codes. In this case the
code with the highest weight will be assigned to the cell.

60
covtoraster

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f


Create a subset of the input image starting at map position xstart, ystart. You must use
MAP coordinates.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend --> -l[owerright] %f %f


Create a subset of the input image ending at map position xend, yend. You must use
MAP coordinates.

background → -b[ackground] background_value → -b[ackground]


%s
Specify the value for cells which do not overlay line/point features in the coverage.
Defalut:NODATA. Only valid for line or point input coverages. Valid options are
NODATA or ZERO.

blocksize → -block[size] size_value → -block[size] %d


Each raster layer in the output file will be of composed of blocks size by size in extent.
The default blocksize is 64.

compression → -com[pression] compress_type → -com[pression]


%s
Set the compression type of the output image file. The valid options is “default”,
“none”, “run_length”.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] [enable_flag] → -ignore[zero] [%s]


Ignore zeros when computing output statistics unless enableflag is set to FALSE.
Default is TRUE.

pixel_type → -pixel[type] type → -pixel[type] %s


Set the data type of the output pixels. It must be one of the following character strings:
"u1", "u2", "u4", "u8", "s8", "u16", "s16", "u32", "s32", "f32", "f64", "c64", or "c128". The
default is "u32".

subsample → -sub[sample] [enable_flag] → -sub[sample] [%s]


Store "hidden" subsampled images for each layer unless enableflag is set to FALSE.
Default is TRUE.

61
covtoraster

Functions

None

62
covtransform

covtransform
Description

Transform an Arc/Info coverage.

Commands

covtransform inputname outputname [type] [watch_file]


This command changes coverage coordinates using an affine or a projective transformation
based on the set of control points (tics).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out out_cover → -out %s


Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

type → -type transform_type → -type %s


Designate the type of transformation to be used: AFFINE or PROJECTIVE.

watch_file → -w[atch] watch_file → -w[atch] %s


Generate a file that contains summary statistics of the transformation.

Functions

None

63
crelab

crelab
Description

This is an ESRI executable that automatically generates labels for polygons. It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(crelab), and for forking the child process. See file covcreatelabels.c in covcreatelabels module
for example.

64
customize

customize
Description

The IMAGINE file set customization script.

Commands

customize [preCustomize] fileSet [fileSet]...


The customize command is a script that runs file set customization scripts during or after
installation. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

preCustomize → -p { 0 | 1 }
The preCustomize argument, if specified with a value of 1, indicates to the
customize script that the file sets named should be checked to see if they require
customization and, if so, the IMAGINE installation directory should be marked
indicating that the file set requires customization after installation. During installation,
all of the requested file sets are unarchived before any customization scripts are run.
A notation needs to be made before and after each file set is unarchived in case the
installation is aborted before the file set’s customization script can be run.

fileSet → module_fileSetType → %s_%s


The file sets for which customization scripts should be run are specified as options on
the command line. There must be at least one file set specified. module represents
the installation module and fileSetType is one of { gnrl | data | arch } where
arch is a system architecture supported by IMAGINE.

65
dataview

dataview
Description

An interactive, configurable tool for viewing raw ASCII or binary data from a tape or disk file

Commands

dataview [target]
The dataview command creates a new DataView window. If target is included, the first
data record of target is loaded.

target → media name

media → file | tape


Specify whether the target medium is file or tape.

name → %s
Specify the file name or the tape name. Tape names are in the form
host:devicefile; e.g. “sunserver:/dev/rst0”
Functions

None.

66
degrade

degrade
Description

Image Degradation

Commands

job degrade inputname outputname [meter] [size] [exclude]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

meter → -m[eter]
Display progress meter during execution.

size → -s[ize] xsize ysize → -s[ize] %d %d


Specify size in x and y direction for degrade. The default is 2 in both directions.
If the input file size is ncolumns by nrows, the output file will be:
ncolumns / xsize by nrows / ysize

exclude → -e[xclude] excludevalue → -e[xclude] %f


Set value to exclude in computing statistics in the output file.

Functions

None.

67
dsceditor

dsceditor
Description

Raster Attribute Editor

Commands

dsceditor [raster] [layernum [color] [opacity]]

raster → %s
Name of raster file, from which raster attributes are read and edited.

layernum → %d
Number of layers from which to read attributes. First layer is 1.

color → REQUIRECOLOR
Indicates that the program should create a Color column if the Red, Green, or Blue
column was not found in the layer’s descriptor table.

opacity → REQUIREOPACITY
Indicates that the program should create an Opacity column if one was not found in
the layer’s descriptor table.

Functions

None.

68
dxfarc

dxfarc
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts a DXF file to a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(dxfarc), and for forking the child process. See file importdxf.c in importdxf module for example.

69
efsd

efsd
Description

The ERDAS fileserver

Commands

efsd
The efsd command starts the ERDAS file server. The file server provides remote access to
files for ERDAS IMAGINE applications. It is intended to be run by the printmanager. Only
limited reading capabilities to support printing have been implemented.

70
eml

eml
Description

The eml application serves as the Session Manager in a normal IMAGINE environment. Much
of the session management functionality is built into the libraries, so any EML application that is
started outside an IMAGINE session may serve as the Session Manager for a new IMAGINE
session. The eml application also starts the on-line help system and initiates the RPC inter-
session/inter-product communication server support.

Under the normal IMAGINE startup, the eml application controls the startup dialog and the
IMAGINE icon panel. The icon panel gives access to applications and utilities and certain
functionality that can only be controlled by a Session Manager process such as preference and
configuration editing, and batch job control.

Commands

eml [eml application arguments] [EML Library or Window System


Initialization argument]...
The eml command starts an EML application shell that parses the specified script(s) or
standard input (if no script is specified). The eml command is normally not used within an
EML script, but rather is only used on the UNIX command line because the application is
intended to be a Session Manager.

eml application arguments → [list] [debug] [show code] [show


trace] [macro list file] [macro list format] [startup string] [rpc
flag] [EML script]...
The eml application arguments are specific to the eml application.

list → -list
This option causes some underlying EMLparts to print messages in some
circumstances. It is for debugging purposes only, and could lock up EML.

debug → -debug
This option causes every token parsed by EMLto be printed. It is for debugging
purposes only, and could lock up EML.

show code → -c
This option currenlty has no effect.

show trace → -t

71
eml

This option makes EML produce a trace of EML opcodes as they are executed. It is
for debugging purposes only, and could lock up EML.

macro list file → -macrolistfile %w


The macro list file argument specifies an output file that is to be used to record
the names of the EML macro files as they are processed by the EML parser.

macro list format → -macrolistformat %s


The macro list format argument specifies a printf-type format string to be used
to write the EML macro file names to the macro list file. The default format string
is “%s\n”.

startup string → -startupstring %s


This option overrides the first line displayed in the initial startup dialog. It usually
describes what sort of product is being run. An alternate approach would be to change
the contents of the .eml file.

rpc flag → -norpc


This flag disables the operation of the RPC service. Disabling RPC service may cause
parts of the Imagine system not to work..

EML script → %w
The EML script argument names an ERDAS Macro Language script file to be
parsed. At most 1024 script files may be specified. If no script file is specified, the eml
application will attempt to read a script from standard input.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument → [Window


System Initialization argument] [EML Library argument]
All EML-based applications can take command line arguments that will be assumed to be
arguments suitable for the window system initialization call (XtInitialize under UNIX), or
the EML Library initialization call. These arguments will be processed at some time during
the call to the EML Library initialization routine, eeml_Init.

Window System Initialization argument → %s


Arguments suitable for the window system initialization call will be processed first and
are documented in the relevant window system documentation (e.g., X Window
System Toolkit documentation on UNIX).

72
eml

EML Library argument → [emlscreen]


Any arguments that are not used by the window system initialization call will be
interpreted as arguments for EML Library initialization. These are documented below.

emlscreen → -emlscreen %d
The emlscreen argument causes the EML Library to direct display of the dialogs
related to the application to the designated screen.
When the EML or Window System Initialization argument’s are delivered to
an application as part of an application command, only the EML Library initialization-
related arguments will be processed.Therefore, it is not advisable to make window system
initialization arguments part of an application command contained in an EML script. These
arguments should generally only be used when the EML application is invoked from the
command line or as part of a ‘Spawn’ command.

Functions

None.

73
emta_start

emta_start
Description

The ERDAS magnetic tape server start-up script.

Commands

emta_start [showStatus] [startupDir] [serverHost]


The emta_start command starts the ERDAS magnetic tape server. This command was
designed to be run from the OS command shell.

showStatus → -s
Specifies that the return status of the invoked tapeserver program should be echoed
to stdout. By default the script echoes nothing unless there is a failure starting the
tapeserver program in which case a diagnostic message is echoed to stderr.

startupDir → -d directory → -d %w
Specifies the startup directory to use to invoke emta_start on a remote machine if
serverHost is not NULL. By default this is $IMAGINE_HOME/bin as evaluated on
the local machine.

serverHost → %s
Specifies the remote host upon which to invoke emta_start for purposes of starting the
magnetic tape server on a remote host. The remote start-up is attempted through the
UNIX rsh command.

74
enter_codewd

enter_codewd
Description

The ERDAS Codeword entry/edit program.

Commands

enter_codewd [path]
The enter_codewd command allows the user to enter new or additional codewords for the
ERDAS license server. This command can only be run from the OS command shell because
it reads stdin.

path → %s
Specifies the directory path to the codeword file, erdas_codewords. The default is
$IMAGINE_HOME/etc.

75
erdmaster

erdmaster
Description

The ERDAS license server

Commands

erdmaster [logfile] [path] [audit]


The erdmaster command starts the ERDAS license server. The license server authorizes
the use of ERDAS IMAGINE applications. It is intended to be run from the OS command shell.

logfile → -l file → -l %s
This option specifies a log file to which diagnostic output will be directed. If this option
is specified, the license broker will run as a daemon. By default, the license broker will
run in the foreground and diagnostic information will be directed to stderr.

path → -p directory → -p %w
This option overrides the default path from which the *modules.lst files and the
erdas_codewords file are read. By default, erdmaster will look for *modules.lst files
in $IMAGINE_HOME/install. It will look for the erdas_codewords file in
$IMAGINE_HOME/etc. By specifying an alternate path, you can tell erdmaster to
look for both kinds of files in directory.

audit → -a
This option tells erdmaster to generate messages to the diganostic output whenever
authorization is granted, denied or returned to the license server.

76
eshuffle

eshuffle
Description

C Programmers’ Toolkit header file unscrambling program

Commands

eshuffle filename
The eshuffle command unscrambles the C Programmers’ Toolkit header files so they may
be used to develop applications with the C Programmers’ Toolkit. The IMAGINE Toolkit
Module license is required to run this program. This program is intended to be run from the
OS command shell.

filename → %w
The name of the file to be unscrambled.

77
etakarc

etakarc
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts a Etak file to a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(etakarc), and for forking the child process. See file importetak.c in importetak module for
example.

78
exportarcgen

exportarcgen
Description

Convert ARC/INFO coverages to generate-format files.

Commands

exportarcgen inputname outputname [gui] [feature]


This command converts a coverage into Arc Generate format file. The coordinates and
USER-IDs for arcs, or points or tics, are written to the output file, but the feature attribute
information is not transferred.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out output_file → -out %s


Full path of the output Arc Generate file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

feature → -f[eature] feature_class → -f[eature] %s


The feature class for which x, y coordinate values will be written to output file. Valid
options are LINE, POLY, TIC, POINT. The default is ARC.

Function

None

79
exportarcinterchange

exportarcinterchange
Description

Create an interchange file (.e00 file) for an Arc/Info coverage or grid.

Commands

exportarcgen inputname outputname [gui] [type] [compression]


[maxlines]
This command converts a coverage or a grid into an Arc/Info exchange file. The interchange
file preserves everything of the original dataset and can be converted back on any platform
that runs IMAGINE or Arc/Info.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage or grid.

outputname → -out outputfile → -out %s


Full path of the output Arc interchange file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

type → -t[ype] data_type → -t[ype] %s


Specify whether the input data set is a coverage or a grid. Valid choices are COVER
or GRID. The default is COVER

comppression→ -c[ompression] compression_type → -


c[ompression] %s
Specifies how numbers and blanks will be compressed in the output file(s). Options
are FULL or PARTIAL or NONE. Default is FULL

maxlines → -max[lines] line_number → -max[lines] %d


Maximum number of lines for each volume (i.e. a disk file) of an interchange file. A
volume has the extension from .e00 to .e99. Useful if the interchange file is too large.
If this option is not used, only one volume (.e00) will be created.
Function

None

80
exportdem

exportdem
Description

Export raster data to a USGS DEM (Digital Elevation Model) file.

Commands

spawn exportdem inputname outputname [gui] [list] [bands] [mapnumber]


[maptype] [meter] [optionsfile] [header]
This command creates a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) DEM file from an .img file. If the gui
option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → outputfile | outputtape


Specify the destination for the export.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] output →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

outputtape → -dev[ice[name]]] output →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output tape device.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

list → -list
List (to Standard Output) the extents of the maps of the specified maptype that are
contained within the input file. The export operation will not be performed if -list is
specified.

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

81
exportdem

Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. For this application, only one band may
be exported at a time.

mapnumber → -map[num[ber]] mapnum→ -map[num[ber]] %d


Specify which map is exported. The extent of each map contained within the input image
may be printed via the -list option.

maptype → -maptype type


Specify which type of Digital Elevation Model to produce. Consult Data Users Guide 5
from US GeoData for the specific characteristics of each elevation model.

type → 7.5minute | 30minute | 1degree | 7.5alaska | 15alaska

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:

{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

header → -headerfile headerfilename → -headerfile %s


Specify the name of the file containing additional information for the DEM header. This is
the same information which is entered in the various Header Information dialogs. The
header file is a simple ASCII file, in which each line contains a token and one or more

82
exportdem

values related to the token. Syntax for the header file is as follows. (Consult Data Users
Guide 5 from US GeoData for the meaning of numeric quantities.)
FileName %s
FreeText %s
Filler1 %s
ProcessCode %s
SectionalIndicator %s
MCOriginCode %s
DEMLevelCode %d
ElevationPatternCode %d
PlanimetricUnitCode %d
ElevationUnitCode %d
LargestPrimaryContourInterval %d
LargestPrimaryIntervalUnits %d
SmallestPrimaryContourInterval %d
SmallestPrimaryIntervalUnits %d
DataSourceDate %d
DataInspRevDate %d
InspectionRevisionFlag %d
DataValidationFlag %d
SuspectVoidAreaFlag %d
VoidPixelMin %f
VoidPixelMax %f
VerticalDatum %d
HorizontalDatum %d
DataEdition %d
WestEdgeMatch %d
NorthEdgeMatch %d
EastEdgeMatch %d
SouthEdgeMatch %d
VerticalDatumShift %f
DatumStatsAvailable %d
DatumAccuracyX %d
DatumAccuracyY %d
DatumAccuracyZ %d
DatumSampleSize %d

83
exportdem

DemStatsAvailable %d
DemAccuracyX %d
DemAccuracyY %d
DemAccuracyZ %d
DemSampleSize %d

Functions

None

84
exportdfad

exportdfad
Description

Export a whole workspace to a single DFAD manuscript file.

Commands

exportdfad inputname outputname [gui]


This command creates a DFAD manuscript from the coverages of a workspace.

inputname → -in input_workspace--> -in %s


The name of the Arc/Info workspace to be converted. All coverages to be converted
must be in the same workspace, have the same data structure generated by
importdfad, and have the same prefix. Coverages must be named as DS<nnnn>.

outputname → -out out_dfad → -out %s


The name of the DFAD manuscript file to be created.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

Functions

None

85
exportdlg

exportdlg
Description

Export ARC/INFO coverages to an US Geological Survey DLG file.

Commands

exportdlg inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [projection]


[header] [shift] [compress]
This command creates a U.S. Geological Survey DLG file (DLG-3 Optional format) from Arc/
Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


The name of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out dlg_name → -out %s


Specify the name of the output DLG file (DLG-3 Optional format).

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s


Specify an optional input point coverage.

projection → -proj[ection] prj_filename → -proj[ection] %s


Specify an optional input projection file.

header → -h[eader] header_file → -h[eader] %s


Specify an optional input header file.

shift → -s[hift] x_shift y_shift → -s[hift] %f %f


Constant values to be added to all coverage x-coordinates (x_shift) and all coverage
y-coordinates (y_shift) during the conversion to DLG. The default values are 0.

compress → -c[ompress]
Use this option to compress the output DLG file.

86
exportdlg

Functions

None

87
exportdoq

exportdoq
Description

Export raster data to a USGS DOQ (Digital Ortho Quad) file.

Commands

spawn exportdoq inputname outputname [gui] [list] [bands] [mapnumber]


[maptype] [meter] [optionsfile] [secondarydatum] [header]
This command creates a U.S. Geological Survey DOQ file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → outputfile | outputtape


Specify the destination for the export.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] output →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

outputtape → -dev[ice[name]]] output →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output tape device.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

list → -list
List the extents of the quad or quarter-quad maps contained within the input file to
standard output. The export operation will not be performed if -list is specified.

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. For this application, only one band may
be exported at a time.

88
exportdoq

mapnumber → -map[num[ber]] mapnum→ -map[num[ber]] %d


Specify which map is exported. The extent of each map contained within the input image
may be printed via the -list option.

maptype → -maptype type


Specify whether a Full or Quarter Quadrangle DOQ is to be produced.

type → full | quarter

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

secondarydatum → -second[ary[datum]] datumname


Specify the name of the secondary datum to be used.

datumname → nad27 | old_hawaii | puerto_rico

header → -headerfile headerfilename → -headerfile %s

89
exportdoq

Specify the name of the file containing additional information for the DOQ header. This is
the same information which is entered in the various Header Information dialogs. The
header file is a simple ASCII file, in which each line contains a token and one or more
values related to the token. Syntax for the header file is as follows:
quadrangleName %s
nation1 %s
nation2 %s
state1 %s
state2 %s
state3 %s
state4 %s
state1county1 %s
state1county2 %s
state1county3 %s
state1county4 %s
state1county5 %s
state2county1 %s
state2county2 %s
state2county3 %s
state2county4 %s
state2county5 %s
state3county1 %s
state3county2 %s
state3county3 %s
state3county4 %s
state3county5 %s
state4county1 %s
state4county2 %s
state4county3 %s
state4county4 %s
state4county5 %s
descriptiveText %s
producerCode %s
elevationUnits %d
minElevation %f
maxElevation %f

90
exportdoq

groundResolutionX %f
groundResolutionY %f
groundResolutionZ %f
largestPrimaryContourInterval %d
largestPrimaryContourIntervalUnits %d
smallestPrimaryContourInterval %d
smallestPrimaryContourIntervalUnits %d
suspectAndVoidAreas %d
horizDoqAccuracy %f
verticalDoqAccuracy %f
numDoqHorizTestPoints %d
productionSystem %s
productionDate %s
filmType %s
sourcePhotoId %s
mosaickedImage %d
leafOff %d
sourcePhotoDate %s
focalLength %f
sourcePhotoFlyingHeight %d
scannerType %s
scanningResolution %f %f
scannerSamplingResolution %f %f

Functions

None

91
exportdxf

exportdxf
Description

Export Arc/Info coverages to an AUTOCAD ASCII DXF file.

Commands

exportdxf inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov] [decimal] [format]


This command converts Arc/Info coverage(s) to an AUTOCAD ASCII Drawing Interchange
Format (DXF) file.

inputname → -in incover → -in %s


Specify the input coverage name.

outputname → -out outdxf → -out %s


Specify the name of the output DXF file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

pointcov → -pnt[cov] point_cover → -pnt[cov] %s


Specify an input point coverage to convert to DXF.

decimal → -d[ecimal] decimal_places → -d[ecimal] %d


Specify the number of decimal places for coordinates and other data in the DXF file.
The range of acceptable values is from 0 to 16. The default is 2.

format → -f[ormat] dxf_format → -f[ormat] %d


Specify whether the output DXF file is in ASCII or binary format. Valid options are
ASCII (the default) or BINARY.

Functions

None

92
exportgen

exportgen
Description

Export raster data to a raw binary file.

Commands

spawn exportgen inputname outputname [gui] [format] [multiplefilebsq]


[pixeltype] [reversebytes] [stretchopt] [upperleft] [lowerright]
[coordinatetype] [bands] [header] [blockingfactor] [meter] [option-
sfile]
This command creates a raw binary file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → outputfile | outputtape


Specify the destination for the export.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

outputtape → -dev[ice[name]]] outputtape →


-dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the output tape device.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

format → -for[mat] formattype


Specify the type of interleaving (BIL, BIP or BSQ) of the output file.

format → bil | bip | bsq

93
exportgen

multiplefilebsq → -mult[iple[file[bsq]]]
Use this flag if exporting in BSQ format to a tape, and you want an End Of File (EOF) mark
to be written after each band.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype


Specify the data type of the output file. By default, it will be the same as the input.

pixtype → u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | u32 | s32 | f32 | f64

reversebytes → -rev[erse[bytes]]
Reverse byte order (Big-Endian to Little-Endian or vice versa) for 16-bit and larger data
types.

stretchopt → { contrast | standarddev } [range]


Data stretch options enhance the contrast of the output dataset by modifying the pixel
values. This can increase the difference between the highest and lowest pixel values,
improving viewability in some cases. However, altering the pixel values may not always
be desirable. These options apply to athematic data only.

contrast → -contrast
Apply contrast table to pixel values. This option only applies to images that have had
some form of contrast adjustment.

standarddev → -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]]


%s
Stretch the pixel values to the indicated number of standard deviations. This option
applies to images which have statistics available.

range → -stretch[range] min max → -stretch[range] %f %f


This modifies the range that a constrast stretch applies to. By default, the pixel values
are stretched to the entire range of an integer pixel data type, or to a large number for
floating pixels.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

94
exportgen

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

header → -header[file] [headerfilename] → -header[file] [%s]


Write out a 1024-byte header file. If exporting to tape, it will be written before the data. If
exporting to file, if headerfilename is not specified, it will be saved to the same
directory and name as the output file, with the extension “.hdr”.

blockingfactor → -blockingfactor blockfactor → -blockingfactor


%d
Specify the blocking factor (number of logical records per physical record) of the output
tape.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{

95
exportgen

inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

96
exportgis

exportgis
Description

Export raster data to an ERDAS 7.x GIS file.

Commands

spawn exportgis inputname outputname [gui] [pixeltype] [upperleft]


[lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an ERDAS 7.x GIS file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype


Specify the data type of the output file. By default, it will be the same as the input.

pixtype → u4 | u8 | u16

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright

97
exportgis

options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

98
exportgrass

exportgrass
Description

Export raster data to a GRASS coverage.

Commands

spawn exportgrass inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright]


[coordinatetype] [bands] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates a GRASS coverage from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

99
exportgrass

Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

100
exportgrid

exportgrid
Description

Export raster data to a GRID coverage.

Commands

spawn exportgrid inputname outputname [gui] [stretchopt] [upperleft]


[lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [colorfile] [postfix] [silent]
[meter] [optionsfile] [batch]
This command creates a GRID coverage from an .img file.
Multiple-band images are exported as multiple ESRI GRID coverages. Each coverage is
named using the convention gridfile + postfix + layernum, where gridfile is the
output filename specified, postfix is the string “_layer_”, unless changed by the postfix
option, and layernum is the number of the IMAGINE raster layer being exported.
Since GRID coverages do not contain color information, an ASCII file containing the red,
green and blue values will be created for images containing a color table. By default, the
name of the colorfile is the same as the output coverage name, with a .clr extension, unless
changed by the colorfile option.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output GRID coverage (see above).

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

stretchopt → { contrast | standarddev } [range]


Data stretch options enhance the contrast of the output dataset by modifying the pixel
values. This can increase the difference between the highest and lowest pixel values,
improving viewability in some cases. However, altering the pixel values may not always
be desirable. These options apply to athematic data only.

101
exportgrid

contrast → -contrast
Apply contrast table to pixel values. This option only applies to images that have had
some form of contrast adjustment.

standarddev → -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]]


%s
Stretch the pixel values to the indicated number of standard deviations. This option
applies to images which have statistics available.

range → -stretch[range] min max → -stretch[range] %f %f


This modifies the range that a constrast stretch applies to. By default, the pixel values
are stretched to the entire range of an integer pixel data type, or to a large number for
floating pixels.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

colorfile → -color[file] colorfilename → -color[file] %s


Specify the name of the output color file.

postfix → -post[fix] postfixstring → -post[fix] %s


Change the name of the postfix string used to construct coverage names when exporting
multiple layers.

102
exportgrid

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

silent → -silent
Do not connect to the session manager or show a progress meter. This is used by other
applications which call exportgrid.

batch → -batch
Signal that the application is being run in Batch mode.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

103
exportiges

exportiges
Description

Export ARC/INFO coverages to IGES v.3.0 files.

Commands

exportiges inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [header]


This command creates an Initial Graphics Exchange Standard (IGES) version 3.0 files from
Arc/Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


The name of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out iges_name → -out %s


Specify the name of the output iges file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s


Specify an optional input point coverage.

header → -h[eader] header_file → -h[eader] %s


The name of an input text file containing information to be written to the Start and
Global sections of the IGES file, as well as the information to control other aspects of
the conversions.

Functions

None

104
exportjfif

exportjfif
Description

Export raster data to a JFIF (JPEG File Interchange format) file.

Commands

spawn exportjfif inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright]


[coordinatetype] [bands] [contrast] [stddevs] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates a JFIF file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

105
exportjfif

contrast → -contrast[mult[iplier]] multiplier →


-contrast[mult[iplier]] %f
If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are
run through the contrast table and multiplied by multiplier before being written to the
output file. Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum
brightness).

stddevs→ -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %f


Perform a standard deviation stretch on the data when exporting. Specify the number of
standard deviations from the mean pixel value which will be mapped to the darkest and
brightest values in the output file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


-opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

106
exportlan

exportlan
Description

Export raster data to an ERDAS 7.x LAN file.

Commands

spawn exportlan inputname outputname [gui] [pixeltype] [upperleft]


[lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [contrast] [meter] [option-
sfile]
This command creates an ERDAS 7.x LAN file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s


The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype


Specify the data type of the output file. By default, it will be the same as the input.

pixtype → u4 | u8 | u16

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

107
exportlan

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

contrast → -con[trast] multiplier → -con[trast] %f


If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are
run through the contrast table and multiplied by multiplier before being written to the
output file. Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum
brightness).

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


-opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

108
exportovr2dxf

exportovr2dxf
Description

Export annotation data to an AutoCAD DXF file.

Commands

spawn exportovr2dxf inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [binary]


[meter]
This command creates a DXF file from an .ovr file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

overwrite → -o[verwrite]
Overwrite the existing output file, if it exists.
binary → -bin[ary]
Write out a binary DXF file. By default, and ASCII file is written.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes.

Functions

None

109
exportpcx

exportpcx
Description

Export raster data to a PCX file.

Commands

spawn exportpcx inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright]


[coordinatetype] [bands] [contrast] [stddevs] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates a PCX file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

110
exportpcx

Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

contrast → -con[trast]
If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are
run through the contrast table and multiplied by 255 before being written to the output file.
Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum brightness).

stddevs→ -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %f


Perform a standard-deviation stretch on the data when exporting. Specify the number of
standard deviations from the mean pixel value which will be mapped to the darkest and
brightest values in the output file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

111
exportsdts

exportsdts
Description

Export Arc/Info coverages to SDTS Topological Vector Profile transfer files (TVP). SDTS is a
large standard composed of smaller, more limited subsets that are federally approved as a part
of the SDTS FIPS 173 standard. These subsets are called profiles. The Topological Vector
Profile designed specifically for planar vector data with topology is the only profile supported by
this exporter.

Commands

exportsdts inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov] [controlfile]


This command creates SDTS topological vector profile transfer files from Arc/Info
coverage(s).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Specify the polygon coverage to export. The coverage must be topologically clean (no
mask file) and have projection information.

outputname → -out sdts_prefix → -out %s


The prefix of the output SDTS files. It can not be more than 4 characters long.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s


Specify an optional input point coverage to be exported along with the polygon
coverage.

controlfile→ -control[file] control_file→ -control[file] %s


Specify an optional conversion control file.

Functions

None

112
exportsdtsraster

exportsdtsraster
Description

Export raster data to an SDTS Raster Profile transfer.

Commands

spawn exportsdtsraster inputname outputfile [gui] [stretchopt]


[bands] [interleave] [meter] [upperleft] [lowerright] [optionsfile]
[header]
This command creates a Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) transfer that conforms to
the Raster Profile from an .img file. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the
application name instead of spawn

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input .img file.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] output →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file, ideally the name of the IDEN module file. An SDTS transfer
contains a large number of files with similar names. The identification module is named
xxxxIDEN.DDF, where xxxx is the prefix common to all files in the transfer. If the output
name does not conform to the naming convention, a subdirectory will be created and files
with names that that do not match the convention will be created in that subdirectory.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

stretchopt → { contrast | standarddev } [range]


Data stretch options enhance the contrast of the output dataset by modifying the pixel
values. This can increase the difference between the highest and lowest pixel values,
improving viewability in some cases. However, altering the pixel values may not always
be desirable. These options apply to athematic data only.

contrast → -contrast
Apply contrast table to pixel values. This option only applies to images that have had
some form of contrast adjustment.

113
exportsdtsraster

standarddev → -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]]


%s
Stretch the pixel values to the indicated number of standard deviations. This option
applies to images which have statistics available.

range → -stretch[range] min max → -stretch[range] %f %f


This modifies the range that a constrast stretch applies to. By default, the pixel values
are stretched to the entire range of an integer pixel data type, or to a large number for
floating pixels.

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file

114
exportsdtsraster

bands 2
meter percentdone
}

header → -headerfile headerfilename → -headerfile %s


Specify the name of the file containing additional information for the DEM header. This is
the same information which is entered in the various Header Information dialogs. The
header file is a simple ASCII file, in which each line contains a token and one or more
values related to the token. Syntax for the header file is as follows.
imagetitle %s
datasetid %s
datastruct %s
mapdate %s
creationdate %s
scale %s
idencomment %s
irefcomment %s
xrefcomment %s
interleave %s
lineage %s
positionalaccuracy %s
attributeaccuracy %s
logconsistency %s
completeness %s
spatialdomain %s
map %s
theme %s
domcomment %s
classification %s
control %s
release %s
reviewdate %s
reviewinstr %s
seccomment %s
pixellabel %s
Consult FIPS 173 or ANSI X3L1-1995-009.1 for details of SDTS subfields. The interleave

115
exportsdtsraster

keyword is not an SDTS subfield: it is meaningful only when exporting a multi-spectral


image, and has one of two values:

GI (BSQ)

GL (BIP)
GI encoding is similar to Band Sequential (BSQ) encoding, where each layer is placed into
its own cell module. GL encoding is similar to Band Interleaved by Pixel encoding (BIP),
and all layers are stored in a single cell module. GL is usually faster to produce and
process, but for a large dataset, or a dataset with several bands, GI may be preferable
because the individual files are smaller.
NOTE on embedded new-line characters: Some of these descriptions can get quite
lengthy, which means it might be desirable to include a new-line character. The format of
the header file allows exactly one attribute per line, so it is not possible to include a new-
line directly. To embed a new-line in one of the string values, include character 0x04 (Ctrl-
D) instead, and the exporter will convert that character to new-line in the target field.

Functions

None

116
exportshape

exportshape
Description

Export Arc/Info coverages to ArcView Shapefile. Shapefile is a data format that is used by
ArcView to handle spatial data and their attributes. Shapefile is non-topological data. It consists
of three files: the main file (.shp), the index file (.shx), and the attribute file (a dBase table .dbf).
There are four types of shapes: Points, Multipoints, Arcs and Polygons. This exporter will take
one of the coverage's features and export it to a shapefile.

Commands

exportshape inputname outputname [gui] [feature]


This command creates a shapefile from an Arc/Info coverage. Only one feature type can be
exported at a time.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Specify a coverage to export. The coverage must have the particular type of features
to export.

outputname → -out shape_prefix → -out %s


The prefix of the output shape files. It cannot be more than 8 characters long in order
to conform to the 8.3 naming convention.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

feature→ -f[eature] feature_class→ -f[eature] %s


The particular feature class to be exported. Only one feature type can be exported at
a time. The valid options are: tic, arc, polygon, point, or node. With the exception of
tics, any feature to be exported must also have a corresponding attribute table (PAT,
AAT or NAT) to create the .dbf file. If not, build the proper topology and then export. In
addition, labels (points) of a polygon coverage cannot be exported since they are not
recognized as a feature type in a polygon coverage. In such a case, a point coverage
can be created by copying the labels and the point attributes, and then exported.

Function

None

117
exporttiff

exporttiff
Description

Export raster data to a TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) file.

Commands

spawn exporttif inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright]


[coordinatetype] [bands] [byteorder] [contrast] [stddevs] [meter]
[optionsfile]
This command creates a TIFF file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input →


-in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

118
exporttiff

Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

byteorder → -byteorder byteordertype → -byteorder %s


Write out the TIFF file with the specified byte order. Normally, TIFF files are exported with
the same byte order as the machine on which they are produced, and it is the
responsibility of TIFF readers to read both types. However, there are a few crippled TIFF
readers which only read one type.

byteordertype → intel | motorola

contrast → -con[trast]
If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are
run through the contrast table and multiplied by 255 before being written to the output file.
Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum brightness).

stddevs→ -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -meter %s


Perform a standard deviation stretch on the data when exporting. Specify the number of
standard deviations from the mean pixel value which will be mapped to the darkest and
brightest values in the output file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file

119
exporttiff

bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

120
exporttiger

exporttiger
Description

Export ARC/INFO coverages to sets of post census-format TIGER files.

Commands

exporttiger inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [landmark_cov]


This command converts a set of ARC/INFO coverages into a set of U.S. Bureau of Census
TIGER/LINE files.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s


Specify the name of the coverage containing all the basic line features and attribute
data.

outputname → -out tiger_prefix → -out %s


Specify the tiger file name prefix for files to be written. File names will include the prefix
concatenated with the record type identifier. The file prefix may include a directory
path name and extension.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -p[ointcov] cover_name → -p[ointcov] %s


Specify the name of an input coverage containing point features that represent
polygon label points for polygons in the in_cover.

landmark_cov → -l[andmark] landmark_cov → -l[andmark] %s


The input coverage containing landmark point features.

Functions

None

121
exportvpf

exportvpf
Description

Export an ARC/INFO coverage to a VPF coverage or export an INFO file to a VPF table.

Commands

exportvpf inputname outputname [gui] [type] [tile] [control] [extra]


[fit]
This command converts converts an ARC/INFO coverage or an INFO file to VPF (Vector
Product Format) coverage or a VPF table file.

inputname → -in in_file → -in %s


Specify the name of the Arc/Info coverage or INFO file to be converted.

outputname → -out out_vpf → -out %s


Specify the name of the VPF table or coverage to be created.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

tile → -t[ile] tile_name → -t[ile] %s


The name of the VPF tile to be created. This option is only valid with COVER option.
The tile name will be append to the out_vpf path.

type → -t[ype] input_type → -t[ype] %s


Specify whether an INFO table or an Arc/Info coverage will be converted. Options are
COVER or TABLE. COVER is the default.

control → -c[ontrol] control_file → -c[ontrol] %s


A file used to drop, add, change, or ignore items and other info during conversion. It is
a ASCII file that can be prepared by the user. Arc/Info manual has details on how to
write a control file.

extra → -extra [enableflag] → -extra [%s]


Specifies whether non-standard Arc/Info tables will be converted. Set the flag to ON
(the default) to cause all Arc/Info files to be converted. This is important if you want to
convert the VPF file back to Arc/Info later. Otherwise, only the Arc/Info files necessary

122
exportvpf

to create a the VPF cover or Table will be converted. Set it ON or OFF.

fit → -fit [enableflag] → -fit %s


Set the fit flag to TRUE or FALSE.The default is FALSE.

Functions

None

123
exprojections

exprojections
Description

This program performs projection transformations of BP external projections.

Commands

exprojections
This command takes no argument. It is used by ERDAS projection package to perform BP
external projection transformations. The input and output information of the program is dealt
with through pipes.

Functions
None

124
fft

fft
Description

Generate the Fourier Transform of an image.

Commands

job fft imgfile fftfile [meter]


Generate the Fourier Transform of imgfile and place the results in fftfile.

meter → -meter meterstring


Display the percentage complete as the program executes.

Functions

None.

References

Digital Signal Processing; Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer; Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ; 1975.
Numerical Recipes in C; William H. Press et al; Cambridge University Press, New York; 1988;
ISBN 0-521-35465-X.

125
fftauto

fftauto
Description

Remove periodic noise from an image.

Commands

job fftauto inputfile outputfile [bands] [threshold] [minfreq]


[meter]
Remove periodic noise artifacts in inputfile by applying a Fourier Transform to
overlapping 128-by-128-pixel blocks, averaging the results, and using the average to
construct a frequency-domain filter. The resulting image is written to outputfile.

bands→ -bands layer1 [layer2] ...


Specify which layers are noise-corrected. By default, all layers wil be processed.

threshold → -t[hreshold] thresholdvalue → -t[hreshold] %f


Specify the “zero threshold” of the filter. Any filter values less than thresholdvalue *
(maximum filter value) is set to zero. The default value is 0.1.

minfreq→ -min[freq] minfreqvalue→ -min[freq] %f


Specify the minimum spacial frequency value that is affected by the filter. The default
value is 3.0.

meter → -meter meterstring


Display the percentage complete as the program executes.

Functions

None.

126
ffteditor

ffteditor
Description

Perform Freqency Domain editing on an .fft image.

Commands

ffteditor
Start the Fourier Editor.

Functions

newwindow()
Bring up a new, empty Fourier Editor window.

openfile(filename, layernum)
Load the layernumth layer from the FFT file filename, clearing any previous
contents. The first layer is Layer 1.

filename → %s

layernum → %d

savefile()
Save the currently displayed FFT layer to the file.

saveas(savefilename)
Save the currently displayed FFT layer to the file savefilename.

savefilename → %s

saveall()
Apply the editing operations which have been performed on the currently displayed FFT
layer to each layer in the file.

undo()
Undo the previous edit.

127
ffteditor

revert()
Undo all edits (revert back to last saved version).

clearit()
Clear the contents of the window.

closeit()
Close the window.

closeall()
Close all windows and exit the program.

dofilter(filtertype)
Begin accepting mouse input for filter filtertype. If filtertype is select, return
the behavior to select (no filter).

filtertype → select | lowpass | highpass | circle | rectangle


| wedge

setdefaultfilterfunc(windowtype)
Set the type of window function to use when filtering.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine

setdefaultminfreq(minfreq)
Set the default minimum spatial frequency value that will be affected by the circle,
rectangle, and wedge filters.

filterit(windowtype, cutoff, lowval, highval)


Perform a lowpass or highpass filter function on the data, with window function
windowtype, cutoff radius cutoff, low-frequency value lowval, and high-frequency
value highval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine

128
ffteditor

cutoff → %f

lowval → %f

highval → %f

circleit(windowtype, xcenter, ycenter, radius, centerval)


Perform a circular filter on the data, with window function windowtype, the center of the
circle at (xcenter, ycenter), with radius radius, and gain in the center of the circle of
centerval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine

xcenter → %f

ycenter → %f

radius → %f

centerval → %f

rectangleit(windowtype, ulx, uly, lrx, lry, centerval)


Perform a rectangular filter on the data, with window function windowtype, the upper-left
corner of the rectangle at (ulx, uly) and lower-right corner of the rectangle at (lrx, lry),
and gain in the center of the rectangle of centerval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine

ulx → %f

uly → %f

lrx → %f

lry → %f

centerval → %f

129
ffteditor

wedgeit(windowtype, centerangle, width, centerval)


Perform a wedge filter on the data, with window function windowtype, the center line of
the wedge at centerangle, the angle width of the wedge of width, and gain in the
center line of the wedge of centerval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine

centerangle → %f

width → %f

centerval → %f

fftname()
Return the name of the file current displayed in the window.

filterfuncc()
Return the name of the currently chosen window type (“ideal”, “triangle”, “butterworth”,
“gaussian”, or “cosine”).

minfreqq()
Return the current minimum affected frequency value.

130
ffthmorph

ffthmorph
Description

Enhance imagery by using a homomorphic filtering process.

Commands

job ffthmorph inputfile outputfile [highgain] [lowgain] [cutoff]


[meter]
This application uses an illumination/reflectance model. It is often used to bring out detail in
shadowed areas. The pixel values of an image may be thought of as the product of
illumination and reflectance components. Since illumination tends to change more slowly
than reflectance, illumination is associated with the low-frequency components of an image;
reflectance is associated with the high frequency parts. To bring out more detail in the image,
the user can independently vary the effects of illumination and reflectance in the image.

highgain → -high[gain] gainvalue → -high[gain] %f


Specify the value by which to multiply the reflectance (high frequency) component of the
image. A value between zero and 1 will decrease reflectance in the output image. A value
greater than 1increases reflectance.

lowgain → -low[gain] gainvalue → -low[gain] %f


Specify the value by which to multiply the illumination (low frequency) component of the
image. A value between zero and 1 will decrease illumination in the output image. A value
greater than 1increases illumination.

cutoff → -cutoff cutoffvalue → -cutoff %f


Specify the frequency which determines high and low spatial frequencies. Frequencies
below this value are considered low frequencies, and above this value are considered
high frequencies.

meter → -meter meterstring


Display the percentage complete as the program executes.

Functions

None.

131
fftinverse

fftinverse
Description

Generate the Inverse Fourier Transform of an image

Commands

job fftinverse fftfile imgfile [ignorezeros] [meter]


Generate the Inverse Fourier Transform of fftfile and place the results in imgfile.

ignorezeros → -i[gnorezeros]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -m[eter] meterstring → -m[eter] %s


Display the percentage complete as the program executes.

Functions

None.

References

Digital Signal Processing; Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer; Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ; 1975.
Numerical Recipes in C; William H. Press et al; Cambridge University Press, New York; 1988;
ISBN 0-521-35465-X.

132
fftmag

fftmag
Description

Compute the magnitude of a Fourier Transform (FFT) file.

Commands

job fftmag fftfile magfile [ignorezeros] [halfspectrum] [noshift]


[meter]
Compute the magnitude of fftfile and place the results in magfile. magfile is an .img
file which contains the log magnitude of the spectrum stored in fftfile. The final result is
scaled from 0 to 255 for each band.

ignorezeros → -i[gnorezeros]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

halfspectrum → -h[alfspectrum]
The FFT of a real-valued image has symmetry through the origin. Therefore, the
magnitude of the left and right halves of the spectrum are mirror images. If this option is
specified, the application only produces the magnitude spectrum of the left half of the
image. It therefore executes more quickly and requires less storage than computing the
entire spectrum.

noshift → -n[oshift]
Normally the spectrum is shifted so that the spectral origin (DC component) is centered.
If the halfspectrum option is also enabled, the spectrum is only shifted vertically.
Otherwise, the spectrum is shifted both vertically and horizontally. If noshift is specified,
the spectrum is not shifted and the spectral origin appears at the upper left corner of the
output image.

meter → -meter meterstring


Display the percentage complete as the program executes.

Functions

None.

133
fftmag

References

Digital Signal Processing; Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer; Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ; 1975.
Numerical Recipes in C; William H. Press et al; Cambridge University Press, New York; 1988;
ISBN 0-521-35465-X.

134
fonttablemaker

fonttablemaker
Description

ASCII Character Font Table Maker

Commands

fonttablemaker [blob] [EML Library or Window System Initialization


argument]...
The fonttablemaker command displays a dialog for creating a character font table.

blob → -b[lob]
Adds a annotation group of elements in the upper left corner of the first page. The
source code for this program is also the example for annotation. This give the
programmer an example of creating different annotation objects of different styles.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument


Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments.

Functions

Document Context Functions


The context for all of the application functions listed below is the fonttablemaker dialog.

fontlist = getFontList ( )
The getFontList function returns the list of available annotation fonts.

fontlist → %s
The returned fontlist is an array of strings of font names.

makefonttablemap ( mapname xsize ysize units fontname )


The makefonttablemap function causes a font table map composition to be created.

mapname → %s
The name of the map to be created.

xsize → %f
The width of one page of the map. Two pages of this width will be created.

135
fonttablemaker

ysize → %f
The height of the map page.

units → %s
The units of the xsize and ysize specified.

fontname → %s
The name of the font for which to create the table. From the list returned by
getFontList().

closeFontTableMaker ( )
The closeFontTableMaker application function closes the fonttablemaker dialog and
exits the application.

136
generalize

generalize
Description

This is an ESRI executable that generalizes arcs for a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(generalize), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for
example.

137
generate

generate
Description

This is an ESRI executable that imports an Arc-Generate file (an Ascii file) to a coveage. It cannot
be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using
ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child
process (generate), and for forking the child process. See file importarcgen.c in importarcgen
module for example.

138
gridline

gridline
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts an Arc/Info grid to a line coveage. It cannot be run from
a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(gridline), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for
example.

139
hfaview

hfaview
Description

Hierarchical File Viewer.

Commands

hfaview [filename]
Start the Hierarchical File Viewer application. Many files created by IMAGINE are stored in a
hierarchical file architecture (HFA) format. This format allows any number of different types
of data elements to be stored in the file in a tree-structured fashion. This tree is built of nodes
which contain a variety of types of data. The contents of the nodes can be viewed using this
utility. Some of the files stored in this format include: .img, .aoi, .fft, .gcc, .ovr, .sig.
If filename is present, load file into the window upon startup.

filename → %s

Functions

newhfaview()
Bring up a new, empty HfaView window.

hfaviewclose()
Close the current window.

hfaviewcloseall()
Close all HfaView windows and exit the program.

hfafileopen(filename)
Load filename into the window, clearing any previous contents.

filename → %s

isfileopen()
Determine whether or not an HFA file is currently opened.

savenodecontents(filename)

140
hfaview

Save the contents of the current node to the ASCII file filename.

filename → %s

opennode()
Descend into the current node.

closenode()
Go up to the parent node of the current node.

prevnode()
Go to the previous sibling before the current node.

nextnode()
Go to the next sibling after the current node.

searchnode(searchtext)
Search the Node Contents for searchtext, and highlight the next occurrence of
searchtext if found.

searchtext → %s

hfaviewcopy()
Copy the currently selected text to the IMAGINE paste buffer.

setcurrentnode(nodename)
Set the current node to nodename.

nodename → %s

updatenodecontents(childname)
Update the displayed node contents when an item in the Node List is chosen.

displaysearchframe()
Display the Text Search frame.

141
hfaview

undisplaysearchframe()
Remove the Text Search frame.

142
igesarc

igesarc
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts an IGES file to a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(igesarc), and for forking the child process. See file importiges.c in importiges module for
example.

143
imageinfo

imageinfo
Description

The imageinfo application provides information about files containing raster imagery. The
application allows all relevant information, such as the number of raster layers, the layer sizes,
the layer pixel types, etc., to be viewed. Much of the information can also be edited and printed.

Commands

imageinfo [image] [EML Library or Window System Initialization


argument]...
The imageinfo command displays a new imageinfo window.

image → -image %w
The image option of the imageinfo command will initialize the new imageinfo window
with information from the file specified in the option.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument


Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments.

imageinfo -new
The imageinfo -new command will display a new imageinfo window.

imageinfo -start
The imageinfo -start command will re-display the currently active imageinfo window, if
it exists.

144
imageinfo

Functions

Document Context Functions


The context for all of the application functions listed below is the imageinfo document window.
A currently selected image layer can be obtained from the imageinfo document window.
References to the currently selected image layer below always refer to the currently selected
image layer in the imageinfo document window represented by the context of the function
call.
Be aware that some of these application functions may be sensitive to the states (enabled/
disabled) and values of frameparts in the imageinfo dialog that are not directly referenced in
the application function call.

skip = getSkipFactorCB ( [skipDirection] )


The getSkipFactorCB function retrieves the specified skip factor for the currently selected
image layer.

skip → %d
The returned skip is an integer number designating the current skip factor used for
statistics calculation for the layer.

skipDirection → { “x” | “y” }


The skipDirection option allows the retrieved skip factor to be designated. If
skipDirection is NULL, the “x” skip factor will be retrieved.

ivChangeLayerType ( )
The ivChangeLayerType function changes the layer type of the currently selected image
layer. The function will only change ATHEMATIC layers to THEMATIC layers or THEMATIC
layers to ATHEMATIC layers.

ivChangeMap ( )
The ivChangeMap function displays the “Change Map Info” dialog and initializes it with
information from the currently selected image layer.

ivChangePrj ( )
The ivChangePrj function invokes the projection editor with the projection information of
the currently selected image layer.

ivComputePyramid ( [algorithm [, externalFlag]] )


The ivComputePyramid function will cause all of the reduced resolution datasets for all

145
imageinfo

layers of the image file that have invalid reduced-resolution datasets to be re-computed. The
function will do nothing but print a message if all of the reduced-resolution datasets appear
to be current and valid.

algorithm → { “2X2” | “4X4” }


The algorithm option allows the computation kernel to be specified. If algorithm is
NULL, a “2X2” kernel will be used.

externalFlag → { 0 | 1 }
The externalFlag option allows the reduced resolution datasets to be created in a file
that is separate from the image file. If externalFlag is NULL or 0, the RRDs will be
stored with the imagery. Otherwise, they will be stored separately from the imagery.

ivComputeStats ( allLayersFlag , ignoreValueFlag , ignoreValue ,


binFunctionType , binCount , aoiDesignation , skipX , skipY )
The ivComputeStats function recomputes statistics according to the options specified in
its argument list.

allLayersFlag → { 0 | 1 }
The allLayersFlag option specifies whether or not statistics should be re-computed
only on the currently selected image layer or on all of the layers in the image file. If the
value is 1, statistics for every layer in the image file will be re-computed. Otherwise, only
the current layer’s statistics will be re-computed.

ignoreValueFlag → { 0 | 1 }
The ignoreValueFlag option specifies whether or not any value should be ignored
during the statistics computation. If the value is 1, the ignoreValue will be ignored
during statistics computation. Otherwise, all data layer values will be considered in the
statistics computation.

ignoreValue → %f
The ignoreValue represents a specific data layer value that is to be ignored during
statistics computation.

binFunctionType → { “Default” | “Direct” | “Linear” | “Log” }


The binFunctionType argument designates a bin function to be used for the
accumulation of the histogram during statistics computation. If the value is “Default”,

146
imageinfo

either a “Direct” or a “Linear” bin function will be used, depending on the pixel type
of the layer.

binCount → %d
The binCount should be a positive integer indicating the number of bins to be used for
the accumulation of the histogram during statistics computation. If the
binFunctionType is “Default”, this argument will be ignored.

aoiDesignation → { “none” | “cancel” | %w }


The aoiDesignation argument designates an area of interest within which to sample
during statistics computation. If the value is “none” or “cancel”, then the entire layer
will be used. Otherwise, the area of interest described in the designated file will be used.

skipX → %d
skipX should be a positive integer indicating the skip factor in the X direction to be used
during statistics computation.

skipY → %d
skipY should be a positive integer indicating the skip factor in the Y direction to be used
during statistics computation.

ivCreate ( )
The ivCreate function creates a new imageinfo document window.

ivDeleteLayer ( )
The ivDeleteLayer function conditionally deletes the currently selected image layer
depending on the results of a user prompt.

ivDeleteMap ( )
The ivDeleteMap function conditionally deletes map and projection information from either
all image layers or the currently selected image layer, depending on the results of user
prompts.

ivDeletePrj ( )
The ivDeletePrj function conditionally deletes projection information from either all image
layers or the currently selected image layer, depending on the results of user prompts.

147
imageinfo

ivDeletePyramid ( )
The ivDeletePyramid function removes all reduced resolution datasets for all layers of the
currently selected image file.

ivDestroy ( )
The ivDestroy function destroys the document window after closing any currently selected
layer.

ivDisplayHist ( )
The ivDisplayHist function displays a graph of the histogram for the currently selected
image layer, if it is available. If the histogram is already displayed, it will be moved in front of
all other windows on the desktop.

ivDisplayPixels ( )
The ivDisplayPixels function displays a scrollable cell array allowing individual layer
pixel values to be viewed for the currently selected image layer. If the pixel data is already
displayed, it will be moved in front of all other windows on the desktop.

ivExit ( )
The ivExit function destroys all document windows of the imageinfo application by calling
ivDestroy for each document window.

ivImageSelected ( imageFileName )
The ivImageSelected function sets the current image file name for the document window.
The function does not attempt to open the image file.

imageFileName → %w
The imageFileName is the name of a raster image file.

ivLayerNameChange ( layerName )
The ivLayerNameChange function changes the layer name of the currently selected image
layer to layerName after checking layerName for validity.

layerName → %s
The layerName is a character string representing the new name of the image layer.

thematic = ivLayerThematic ( )
The ivLayerThematic function returns a flag indicating whether or not the currently

148
imageinfo

selected image layer contains THEMATIC data or not.

thematic → { 0 | 1 }
The returned thematic flag is an integer number representing the presence (1) or
absence (0) of THEMATIC data.

orientation = ivMapOrientationGet ( )
The ivMapOrientationGet function retrieves the orientation of the map system
associated with the currently selected image layer.

orientation → { “oul” | “oll” | “our” | “olr” }


The returned orientation is a character string designating an origin in the upper left,
an origin in the lower left, an origin in the upper right or an origin in the lower right.

ivMapOrientationSet ( orientation )
The ivMapOrientationSet function associates an orientation with the map information
collected from the “Change Map Info” dialog.

orientation → { “oul” | “oll” | “our” | “olr” }


The orientation should be a character string designating an origin in the upper left, an
origin in the lower left, an origin in the upper right, or an origin in the lower right.

ivPrint ( )
The ivPrint function causes information associated with the document window to be
printed according to print options previously set with the ivPrintOptionsPut function.

optionValue = ivPrintOptionGet ( optionName )


The ivPrintOptionGet function retrieves the option value for the print option named in
optionName.

optionValue → { outputType | layerSelection | boolean }


The optionValue returned depends on the optionName queried. “printtype”
returns an outputType. “printchoices” returns a layerSelection. All of the other
option names return a boolean.

outputType → { “Text” | “Postscript” }


The outputType designates the output format of the printed information

149
imageinfo

layerSelection → { “Current” | “All” }


The layerSelection indicates whether information for all image layers associated with
the document window is to be printed or only information for the currently selected image
layer is to be printed.

boolean → { 0 | 1 }
The boolean return value indicates whether or not the queried optionName is set or not.
The optionName should be a character string designating the particular print option to
be queried.

optionName → { “printtype” | “printchoices” | “dostats” |


“doprojection” | “domap” | “dohist” }
The optionName should specify one of the options listed above.

ivPrintOptionsPut ( outputType , layerSelection , doStats ,


doProjection , doMap , doHistogram )
The ivPrintOptionsPut function sets all of the print options for the current document
window. The outputType and layerSelection arguments are as described in the
ivPrintOptionGet function. The remaining arguments are boolean values indicating
whether the pertinent information should be printed.

ivRae ( )
The ivRae function invokes the raster attribute editor for the descriptor table of the currently
selected image layer.

ivViewImage ( )
The ivViewImage function initializes the document window with information from the image
file previously set by a call to ivImageSelected.

opened = ivfileOpened ( )
The ivfileOpened function returns a value indicating whether or not the document window
has an associated image file opened and displayed.

opened → { 0 | 1 }

A value of 1 indicates that there is an image file opened and displayed in the current
document window.

150
imageinfo

writable = ivfilePermission ( )
The ivfilePermission function returns a value indicating whether or not the currently
selected image layer may be updated.

writable → { 0 | 1 }

A value of 1 indicates that the currently selected image layer is writable.

151
imagine

imagine
Description

The IMAGINE start-up script.

Commands

imagine [EML script]...


The imagine command is a csh script that starts IMAGINE. Its purpose is to set the
environment for IMAGINE and start the session management process, eml, with an initial
startup script or scripts. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

EML script → %w
The EML script argument names an ERDAS Macro Language script file to be
parsed by the session management process which is invoked by the imagine script.

152
imagine_environment

imagine_environment
Description

The IMAGINE environment set-up script.

Commands

source imagine_environment
The imagine_environment command is a C shell script that is intended to be source’d in
other C shell scripts. The script sets environment variables necessary to run IMAGINE if they
are not already set. This command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell.

153
imgcopy

imgcopy
Description

Raster image file copying program.

Commands

job imgcopy sourceFile targetFile


The imgcopy command copies the file of imagery, sourceFile, to targetFile.

sourceFile → %w
The image file to copy.

targetFile → %w
The image file to which sourceFile is to be copied.

Functions

None.

154
importadrg

importadrg
Description

Import raster data from an ADRG (Arc Digitized Raster Graphics) CD-ROM.

Commands

spawn importadrg cdromname outputname [gui] [inputfilename]


[upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype]
[blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an image file on an ADRG CD. If the gui option is
not used, then inputfilename must be specified, and job should precede the application
name instead of spawn.

cdromname → -cd[rom[name]] name → -cd[rom[name]] %w


The name of the input CD-ROM.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename


→ -out[put[file[name]]] %w
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename


→ -in[put[file[name]]] %w
Specify the full pathname of the image on the CD to import, starting with the root directory
of the CD. The leading slash is optional. Example: “/tpus0101/tpus0101.ovr”.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype

155
importadrg

Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file }

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname


→ -compressionname %s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename


→ opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which
may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -

156
importadrg

outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be


inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

157
importadri

importadri
Description

Import raster data from an ADRI (Arc Digital Raster Imagery) tape.

Commands

spawn importadri devicename outputname [gui] [skipfiles] [type]


[upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype]
[blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an image on an ADRI tape. If the gui option is not
used, then job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

devicename → -dev[ice[name]] name →


-dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the input tape.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

skipfiles → -skip[files] numfiles → -skip[files] %d


Specify the number of filesets on the tape to skip before beginning to read the data.

type → -type importtype


Specify the type of image to import; either the Overview image or the ZDR.

importtype → overview | zdr

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f

158
importadri

Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname


%s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

159
importadri

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

160
important

important
Description

Import ERDAS 7.x ANT (annotation) files to IMAGINE .ovr files.

Commands

job important inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [stylelib]


[symbollib] [verbose]
This command creates an .ovr file outputname from an ERDAS 7.x ANT (annotation) file
inputname.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] name → -in[put[file[name]]] %s


The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui
This option does nothing; it is provided to provide consistency with the other importers in
the top-level Import/Export dialog.

overwrite → -o[verwrite]
Overwrite the existing output annotation layer if it exists.

stylelib → -sty[lelib] styleliblayer


Import the style library used by the .ANT file to the given IMAGINE external style library
layer.

styleliblayer → %w

symbollib → -sym[bollib] symbollib symbolliblayer


Import the 7.x symbol library symbollib to the IMAGINE external symbol library layer
symbolliblayer using the styles defined by the .ANT file and style library.

161
important

symbollib → %s

styleliblayer → %w

verbose → -v[erbose]
Print the contents of the imported .ANT file and style library.

Functions

None

162
importarcgen

importarcgen
Description

Import a generate-format file into an Arc/Info coverage.

Commands

importarcgen inputname outputname [gui] [feature]


This command takes a generate-format file which contains the coordinates of features and
adds them to an ARC/INFO coverage. If the coverage does not exist, importarcgen will create
one.

inputname → -in in_generate_file → -in %s


Specify the generate-format file which contains coordinates of features to be added to
the arc/info coverage.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s


Specify the name of the output Arc/Info coverage to add the features to.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

feature → -f[eature] feature_class → -f[eature] %s


Specify what feature to be generated into a coverage. Options are CIRCLES,
CURVES, FISHNET, LINES, POLYS, POINTS, and TICS. The default is POLYS.

Functions

None

163
importarcinterchange

importarcinterchange
Description

Import an interchange file (.e00 file) into an Arc/Info coverage or grid.

Commands

importarcinterchange inputname outputname [gui] [type]


This command convert an interchange file into a coverage. If this file has multiple volumes
(the volume name extensions can be from .e00 to .e99), all volumes will be converted.

inputname → -in in_file → -in %s


Specify the name of the input interchange file. If more than one volume exists, specify
any one of them since the prefix is the same. The file extensions must range from .e00
to .e99, depending on how many volumes exist.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s


Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] --> -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

type → -t[ype] data_type → -t[ype] %s


Specify whether the input data set is of a coverage or a grid. Valid choices are COVER
or GRID. The default is COVER.

Functions

None

164
importascii

importascii
Description

Import raster data from an ASCII file.

Commands

spawn importascii inputname outputname [gui] [sourcebandscount]


[imagesize] [format] [terminator] [asciiformat] [separator]
[charsperpixel] [base] [lineskip] [charskip1] [charskip2]
[upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype]
[blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an image file in ASCII form.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file..

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

sourcebandscount → -sourcebands[count] nbands → -


sourcebands[count] %d
Specify the number of bands in the input file.

imagesize → -imagesize width height → -imagesize %d %d


Specify the X and Y dimensions of the input file.

format → -form[at] formattype


Specify whether the input file is in BIL, BIP or BSQ format.

formattype → bil | bip | bsq

165
importascii

terminator → -term[inator] terminatortype


Specify the end-of-line character used. The default is unix.

terminatortype → unix | dos | mac

asciiformat → -asciiformat asciiformattype


Specify whether the input data is delimited or positioned. In a delimited ASCII file, each
pixel value is separated by a character or string, such as a space, comma, or whitespace.
The separator may be chosen using the -separtor option. (The end-of-line character is
considered to be a separator.) In a positioned ASCII file, each pixel value is composed of
a set number of characters, so no separator is needed. End-of-line characters are
ignored. The number of characters per pixel may be set using the -charsperpixel
option. The default format type is delimited.

asciiformattype → delimited | positioned

separator → -sep[arator] separatortype


Specify the field separator for delimited files (see the asciiformat option). The default
is space.

separatortype → tab | space | comma | whitespace

charsperpixel → -charsperpixel nchars → -charsperpixel %d


Specify the number of characters used by each pixel value for positioned files (see the
asciiformat option). The default is 3.

base → -base basevalue


Specify the numeric base in which the data is stored. The default base is 10.

basevalue → base2 | base8 | base10 | base16

base2 → binary | bin | 2

base8 → octal | oct | 8

base10 → decimal | dec | 10

166
importascii

base16 → hexadecimal | hex | 16

lineskip → -lineskip nlines → -lineskip %d


Skip nlines lines at the beginning of the file before reading data (see also the
charskip1 option). The default is 0 (zero).

charskip1 → -charskip1 nchars → -charskip1 %d


Skip nchars characters at the beginning of the first line of pixel data (i.e. after the initial
lines have been skipped). The default is 0 (zero).

charskip2 → -charskip2 nchars → -charskip2 %d


Skip nchars characters at the beginning of the the second and subsequent lines of pixel
data. The default is 0 (zero).

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]

167
importascii

Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname


%s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

168
importascii

Functions

None

169
importascii2cov

importascii2cov
Description

Import a point coverage from an ASCII file. The file must be formatted to columns of data,
delimited by separators or by fixed widths. A column denoted to x and one to y must exist in the
ASCII file. This importer does not bring in attributes, which can be done using attribute cellarray
importing capabilities during an editing session.

This importer always brings up a dialogue for the user to specify interactively how the input file
is formatted, which column is x coordinates, and which is y coordinates.

Commands

importascii2cov inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov]


This command creates a point coverages from a formatted ASCII file.

inputname → -in filename→ -in %s


Input ASCII file name.

outputname → -out outcov→ -out %s


Output Arc/Info point coverage to create.

Functions

None

170
importascii2ovr

importascii2ovr
Description

Import a point annotation layer from an ASCII file. The file must be formatted such that it contains
columns of data, delimited by separators or by fixed widths. Columns denoted to x and to y must
exist in the file. This importer does not bring in attributes. This can be done using the attribute
cellarray importing capabilities while editing the layer inside a viewer.

This importer always brings up a dialogue for the user to specify interactively how the input file
is formatted, and which column is x coordinates and which is y coordinates.

Commands

importascii2ovr inputname outputname


This command creates a point annotation layer from a formatted ASCII file.

inputname → -in filename→ -in %s


Input ASCII file name.

outputname → -out outovr→ -out %s


Output annotation layer to create.

Functions

None

171
importavhrr

importavhrr
Description

Import raster data from an AVHRR file.

Commands

spawn importavhrr source outputname [gui] [skip] [rectify] [correct]


[flyingheight] [calibrate] [sunanglecorrect] [sunanglefile]
[upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype]
[blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an AVHRR file.

source → inputfile | inputdevice

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → -


dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [boolean]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is true.

boolean → true | false

skip → -skip[files] imagestoskip → -skip[files] %d


For tape archives that contain more than one image, skip the specified number of images
before reaching the image to import. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

rectify → -rectify rectification_params

172
importavhrr

Write out rectification information. If rectification_params begins with gcp, source


GCPs (ground control points) are written to the output file and destination GCPs are
written to gcp_file. For cff, a polynomial transformation of order, order is written to
cff_file. If rectification_params begins with calibration, a polynomial
transformation of order order is written to the output image.

rectification_params → gcp gcp_file | cff cff_file order |


calibration order

gcp_file → %s

cff_file → %s

order → %d

correct → -correct
Correct panoramic distortion by resampling each line and adjusting GCP’s accordingly

flyingheight → -flyingheight fheight → -flyingheight %f


Specify the flying height (altitude) of the satellite (in km) when applying the panoramic
correction resampling (see above).

calibrate → -cal[ibrate]
Convert pixel DN values to radiant energy values using the calibration constants provided
at the beginning of each line of image data.

sunanglecorrect → -sunanglecorrect
Perform sun angle correction on visible bands (bands 1 and 2) on which radiometric
correction has been applied. See the -calibrate option.

sunanglefile → -sunanglefile filename → -sunanglefile %s


Save sun angle values the .img file filename.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

173
importavhrr

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname


%s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not

174
importavhrr

necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

175
importavhrrdundee

importavhrrdundee
Description

Import raster data from a Dundee format AVHRR file.

Commands

spawn importavhrrdundee inputtape outputname [gui] [numlines]


[upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype]
[blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from a Dundee format AVHRR file.

source → inputfile | inputdevice

inputtppe → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → -


dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [boolean]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is true.

boolean → true | false

numlines → -numlines nlines → -numlines %d


Specify the number of scan lines (rows) in the image.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

176
importavhrrdundee

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname


%s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not

177
importavhrrdundee

necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

178
importavhrrsharp

importavhrrsharp
Description

Import raster data from an AVHRR image in ESA SHARP format.

Commands

spawn importavhrrsharp source outputname [gui] [skip] [rectify]


[correct] [flyingheight] [calibrate] [sunanglecorrect] [sunan-
glefile] [keepbounds] [boundary] [classification] [upperleft]
[lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize]
[compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an image on an AVHRR SHARP tape. If the gui
option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

source → inputfile | inputdevice

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → -


dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename


→ -out[put[file[name]]] %w
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

skip → -skip[files] imagestoskip → -skip[files] %d


For tape archives that contain more than one image, skip the specified number of images
before reaching the image to import. Note that an image may actually be associated with
more than one physical file on the tape. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

179
importavhrrsharp

rectify → -rectify rectification_params


Write out rectification information. If rectification_params begins with gcp, source
GCPs (ground control points) are written to the output file and destination GCPs are
written to gcp_file. For cff, a polynomial transformation of order order is written to
cff_file. If rectification_params begins with calibration, a polynomial
transformation of order order is written to the output image.
Note: the rectification options are not mutually exclusive. For instance, the -rectify option
may be specified once to name a GCP file, followed by and another -rectify option to
specify that the image be calibrated. Only one order of transform will be computed, and
only one file of each type can be produced during a single import, with the last value
specified winning.

rectification_params → gcp gcp_file | cff cff_file order |


calibration order

gcp_file → %s

cff_file → %s

order → %d

correct → -correct
Correct panoramic distortion by resampling each line and adjusting GCP’s accordingly

flyingheight → -flyingheight fheight → -flyingheight %f


Specify the flying height (altitude) of the satellite (in km) when applying the panoramic
correction resampling (see above).

calibrate → -cal[ibrate]
Convert pixel DN values to radiant energy values using the calibration constants provided
at the beginning of each line of image data.

sunanglecorrect → -sunanglecorrect
Perform sun angle correction on visible bands (bands 1 and 2) on which radiometric
correction has been applied. See the -calibrate option.

sunanglefile → -sunanglefile filename → -sunanglefile %s

180
importavhrrsharp

Save sun angle values the .img file filename.

keepboundary → -keep[bounds]
Retain the boundary information in the output pixel value. The best results come from
storing the boundary information into a separate file using the boundary option, but this
option can produce a single image showing the AVHRR and the boundary data together.

boundary → -bound[ary] filename → -bound[ary] %s


Store boundary information (supplied by SHARP format) into the thematic .img file
filename.

classification → -class[ification] filename → -class[ification]


%s
Save classification information (supplied by the SHARP format) into the thematic .img file
filename.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file }

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

181
importavhrrsharp

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname


→ -compressionname %s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename


→ opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which
may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

182
importdfad

importdfad
Description

Import a DFAD manuscript file into a set of Arc/Info coverages.

Commands

importdfad inputname outputname [gui]


This command creates a DFAD manuscript from the coverages of a workspace.

inputname → -in dfad_file → -in %s


The name of the DFAD manuscript to be converted.

outputname → -out out_workspace → -out %s


The name of the Arc/Info workspace to be created. All imported coverages will be in
the same workspace and have the same data structure and prefix. The coverage will
be named DS<nnnn> where the <nnnn> is the order that the manuscript appeared in
the DFAD file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

Functions

None

183
importdig

importdig
Description

Import ERDAS 7.x DIG (digitized polygon) files to IMAGINE .ovr files.

Commands

job importdig inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [verbose]


This command creates an .ovr file outputname from an ERDAS 7.x DIG file inputname.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] name → -in[put[file[name]]] %s


The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui
This option does nothing; it is provided to provide consistency with the other importers in
the top-level Import/Export dialog.

overwrite → -o[verwrite]
Overwrite the existing output annotation layer if it exists.

verbose → -v[erbose]
Print the contents of the imported .DIG file.

Functions

None

184
importdlg

importdlg
Description

Import a US Geological Survey DLG file to Arc/Info coverage(s).

Commands

importdlg inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [category] [format]


[record] [shift]
This command imports a U.S. Geological Survey DLG file to Arc/Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in dlg_file → -in %s


The name of the input DLG file.

outputname → -out out_cover → -out %s


Specify the name of the output coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] --> -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s


Specify an optional output point coverage.

category → -cat[gory] category → -cat[gory] %s


Specify a DLG category to be converted from the DLG file. Only the specified category
will be converted if one is given. Otherwise, only the first category in the DLG will be
written to the output coverage(s). A DLG category is equivalent to a layer.

format → -f[ormat] dlg_format → -f[ormat] %s


Specify the DLG format of the input file: standard or optional. The default is optional.

record → r[ecord] record_type → r[ecord] %s


Determine how the Area (A) records are written to the output coverage(s). It should be
specified as one of the following: nofirst, the first area record is ignored; all, all area
records are converted to out_cover label points and the major and minor codes for all
the Area (A) records in the out_cover.PCODE file; attributed, the label location in the
DLG file is used only for those Area records that carry major/minor codes. For some
DLG categories, only Area records with attributes have valid label locations.The first

185
importdlg

Area (A) record is not included.The default is nofirst.

shift → -s[hift] x_shift y_shift → -s[hift] %f %f


Constant values to be added to all x-coordinates (x_shift) and all coverage y-
coordinates (y_shift) during the conversion to DLG. The default values are 0.0
Functions

None

186
importdxf

importdxf
Description

Import Arc/Info coverages from an AUTOCAD ASCII DXF file.

Commands

importdxf inputname outputname [gui] [textwidth] [attributewidth]


This command converts an AUTOCAD ASCII Drawing Interchange Format (DXF) file to an
Arc/Info coverage.

inputname → -in dxf_file → -in %s


Specify the input DXF file name.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s


Specify the name of the output coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

textwidth → -t[ext] text_width → -t[ext] %d


Specify the width of the DXF-TEXT item (0-255). The default is set to 40.

attributewidth → -a[ttribute] attribute_width → -a[ttribute]


%d
Specify the width of the DXF-ATTRB item (0-255). The default is set to 16.

Functions

None

187
importdxf2ovr

importdxf2ovr
Description

Import AutoCAD DXF files to IMAGINE .ovr files.

Commands

job importdxf2ovr inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [verbose]


[layeroptions] [mapinfo] [meter]
This command creates an .ovr file outputname from an AutoCAD DXF file inputname.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] name → -in[put[file[name]]] %s


The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui
This option does nothing; it is provided to provide consistency with the other importers in
the top-level Import/Export dialog.

overwrite → -o[verwrite]
Overwrite the existing output annotation file if it exists.

verbose → -v[erbose]
Print the contents of the imported .DXF file to Standard Output.

layeroptions → -layer[option] layername pointsflag linesflag


arcsflag solidsflag textflag insertsflag
For the layer entitled layername, specify whether points, lines, arcs, solids, text and
inserts are to be imported. Each element type is controlled by a flag, set to 0 (do not
import) or 1 (import).

layername → %d

188
importdxf2ovr

pointsflag → %d

linessflag → %d

arcsflag → %d

solidsflag → %d

textflag → %d

insertsflag → %d

mapinfo → -map[info] projectionname units → -map[info] %s %s


Add the projection name projectionname and the map units units to the output
annotation file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes.

Functions

None

189
importetak

importetak
Description

Import Arc/Info coverages from an ETAK DIME file.

Commands

importetak inputname outputname [gui] [landmark_cov]


This command converts an ETAK DIME file into one or more Arc/Info coverages.

inputname → -in etakfile → -in %s


Specify the input ETAK file name.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s


Specify the name of the output coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

landmark_cov → -l[andmark] landmark_cov → -l[andmark] %s


Specify the name of an optional point coverage to be created from landmark features
contained in the ETAK data file.

Functions

None

190
importgen

importgen
Description

Import raster data from a binary file.

Commands

spawn importgen source outputname [gui] [sourcebandscount]


[imagesize] [inputpixeltype] [reversebytes] [format] [blocking-
factor] [skipfiles] [fileheaderbytes] [fileheaderrecords] [linehead-
erbytes] [singlefilebsq] [bandfiles] [bandheaderbytes]
[bandheaderfiles] [bandtrailerbytes] [bandtrailerfiles] [tilesize]
[paddedtiles] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands]
[pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter]
[optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from a binary image file. Since no header file is read, all
information about the arrangement of the data in the file must be specified.

source → inputfile | inputdevice

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → -


dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename →


-out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [boolean]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is true.

boolean → true | false

sourcebandscount → -sourcebands[count] nbands → -

191
importgen

sourcebands[count] %d
Specify the number of bands in the input file.

imagesize → -imagesize width height → -imagesize %d %d


Specify the X and Y dimensions of the input file.

inputpixeltype → -inputpixel[type] pixtype


Specify the pixel type of the output file The default is “u8”.

pixtype → u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 | f32


| f64

reversebytes → -rev[erse[bytes]]
Reverse the byte order for 16-bit and larger input data types.

format → -form[at] formattype


Specify whether the input file is in BIL, BIP, BSQ or tiled format.

formattype → bil | bip | bsq | tiled

blockingfactor → -blockingfactor blockfactor → -blockingfactor


%d
Specify the blocking factor (number of logical records per physical record) of the input
tape. The default is 1. If the blocking factor is set to 0, the data on the tape will be treated
as a stream of bytes, and the byte-oriented options (fileheaderbytes, etc.)

skipfiles → -skip[files] nfiles → -skip[files] %d


Skip forward nfiles files on the input tape before beginning to read data.

fileheaderbytes → -fhb[ytes] nbytes → -fhb[ytes] %d


Skip the first nbytes bytes of the file (presumably header bytes) before beginning to read
data.

fileheaderrecords → -fhr[ecords] nrecords → -fhr[ecords] %d


Skip the first nrecords records of the file (presumably header records) before beginning

192
importgen

to read data.

lineheaderbytes → -lineheaderbytes nbytes → -lineheaderbytes %d


Specify the number of bytes to skip at the beginning of each line of image data.

singlefilebsq → -single[file[bsq]] boolean


Specifies that all bands of a BSQ formatted file reside within a single disk file or within a
single on the source tape. The default is false if the source is a tape device and true if
the source is a file. If the -bandfiles option is used (see below), it is automatically set to
false.

boolean → true | false

bandfiles → -bandfiles bandfilename [bandfilename] ...


Specify the names of the band files for BSQ data in which each band resides on a
separate disk file.

bandfilename → %s

bandheaderbytes → -bhb[ytes] nbytes → -bhb[ytes] %d


Skip the first nbytes bytes (presumably the band header) before beginning to read each
band of a BSQ image.

bandheaderfiles → -bhf[iles] nfiles → -bhf[iles] %d


Skip the first nfiles files (presumably the band header) before beginning to read each
band of a BSQ image.

bandtrailerbytes → -btb[ytes] nbytes → -btb[ytes] %d


Skip nbytes bytes (presumably the band trailer) after reading each band of a BSQ
image.

bandtrailerfiles → -btf[iles] nfiles → -btf[iles] %d


Skip nfiles files (presumably the band trailer) after reading each band of a BSQ image.

tilesize → -tile[size] tilewidth tileheight → -tile[size %d %d

193
importgen

Specify the width and height of each tile (tiled images only)

paddedtiles → -paddedtiles boolean


Specify whether tiles on the bottom and right side of the image are padded so that all tiles
are the same size. The default is false.

boolean → true | false

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

194
importgen

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname


%s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero]
Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename →


opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be
specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

195
importiges

importiges
Description

Create an Arc/Info coverage from an IGES file.

Commands

importiges inputname outputname [gui] [error]


This command imports an Initial Graphics Exchange Standard (IGES) file to an Arc/Info
coverage.

inputname → -in igesfile → -in %s


The name of the input IGES file.

outputname → -out iges_name → -out %s


Specify the name of the output Arc/Info coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

error → -e[rror] errorfile → -e[rror] %s


Specify the name of a log file containing status and error message pertaining to the
conversion

Functions

None

196
importradarsat

importradarsat
Description

Import raster data from a RADARSAT image

Commands

spawn importradarsat source outputname [gui] [splitcomplex]


[upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype]
[blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an image on a RADARSAT image. If the gui option
is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

source → inputfile | inputdevice | inputcdrom

inputcdrom → cdromname [inputfile]


If the gui option is not used, then inputfile must be specified and must identify the
image on CD -- either a full path that includes the CD mount point, or a path relative
to that mount point.

cdromname → -cd[rom[name]] name → -cd[rom[name]] %w


The name of the input CD-ROM.

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of one of the 5 files that comprise a RADARSAT image. All 5 files
(vdf_dat.xxx, lea_01.xxx, dat_01.xxx, tra_01.xxx, and nul_vdf.xxx, where xxx is a
consistent extension) must be present in the same directory for the import to succeed,
but only one of them need be identified.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → -


dev[ice[name]] %s
The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename


→ -out[put[file[name]]] %w
The name of the output file.

197
importradarsat

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

splitcomplex → -split[complex]
For the SLC product, imports the data as 2 integer layers, instead of a single complex
layer, which is the default.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file }

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

198
importradarsat

compressionname → -compressionname compname


→ -compressionname %s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename


→ opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which
may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

199
importrpf

importrpf
Description

Import raster data from a Raster Product Format (RPF) Frame

Commands

spawn importrpf source outputname [gui] [splitcomplex] [upperleft]


[lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize]
[compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from an RPF frame. If the gui option is not used,job
should precede the application name instead of spawn.

source → inputfile | inputcdrom

inputcdrom → cdromname [inputfile]


If the gui option is not used, then inputfile must be specified and must identify the
image on CD -- either a full path that includes the CD mount point, or a path relative
to that mount point.

cdromname → -cd[rom[name]] name → -cd[rom[name]] %w


The name of the input CD-ROM.

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of one of the RPF frame file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename


→ -out[put[file[name]]] %w
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

200
importrpf

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file }

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname


→ -compressionname %s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename

201
importrpf

→ opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which
may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:
{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

202
importsdts

importsdts
Description

Import SDTS Topological Vector Profile transfer files (TVP) to Arc/Info coverages. SDTS is a
large standard composed of smaller, more limited subsets that are federally approved as a part
of the SDTS FIPS 173 standard. These subsets are called profiles. The Topological Vector
Profile designed specifically for planar vector data with topology is the only profile supported by
this importer.

➲ When using PC systems, and WinZip to uncompress the data, make sure the Options |
Configuration tab, and the other TAR file smart CR/LF conversion is set to off. The default
is on. This is also true whenever you have data in Zip files. Using Zip or TAR puts SDTS files
into a more manageable package.

Commands

importsdts inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov]


This command creates coverages from SDTS topological vector profile transfer files.

inputname → -in sdts_prefix → -in %s


The name of any one of the input SDTS files. The program will take the prefix out of
the file name and determine the input SDTS file set. The prefix is no more than 4
characters long.

outputname → -out outcov→ -out %s


Specify the output Arc/Info polygon coverage to create.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

pointcov → -pnt[cov] pntcov_name → -pnt[cov] %s


Specify an optional output point coverage to be imported along with the polygon
coverage.

Functions

None

203
importsdtsraster

importsdtsraster
Description

Import raster data from an SDTS Raster Profile transfer

Commands

spawn importsdtsraster inputfile outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lower-


right] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compres-
sionname] [meter] [optionsfile]
This command creates an .img file from a Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) transfer
that conforms to the Raster Profile. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the
application name instead of spawn.

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -


in[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the IDEN module file. An SDTS transfer contains a large number of files with
similar names. The identification module is named xxxxIDEN.DDF, where xxxx is the
prefix common to all files in the transfer.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename


→ -out[put[file[name]]] %w
The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f


Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype


Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright
options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

204
importsdtsraster

coordtype → { map | file }

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]...


Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s


Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”,
“u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is
“u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]


Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will
be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d

height → %d

compressionname → -compressionname compname


→ -compressionname %s
Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no
compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not
necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename


→ opt[ions[file]] %s
Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set
from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which
may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, -
lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -
outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be
inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note
that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files.
An example of a simple options file is as follows:

205
importsdtsraster

{
inputfilename /home/user/input.file
outputfilename /home/usr/output.file
bands 2
meter percentdone
}

Functions

None

206
importshape

importshape
Description

import an ArcView Shapefile to an Arc/Info coverage. Shapefile is a data format that is used by
ArcView to handle spatial data and their attributes. Shapefile is non-topological data. It consists
of three files: the main file (.shp), the index file (.shx), and the attribute file (a dBase table .dbf).
There are four types of shapes: Points, Multipoints, Arcs and Polygons. This importer will take a
shapefile and import it to a coverage. Depending on the feature type of the shapefile, the output
coverage can be a point coverage, or a polygon coverage, or a line coverage, all with attribute
table built (PAT or AAT). After importing, a polygon shape will become a polygon that consists
of only one continuous arc.

The imported coverage will be built to have arc, polygon, or point topology. Then the shapefile
attributes will be joined with the PAT or AAT table. If the shapefile is one that was exported from
a coverage, then the resulting table will have some duplicate items such as internalID and usrID.

Commands

importshape inputname outputname [gui]


This command creates an Arc/Info coverage from a shapefile.

inputname → -in shape_prefix→ -in %s


The prefix of the input shapefiles. It can not be more than 8 characters long to conform
the 8.3 naming convention.

outputname → -out outcov → -out %s


The output coverage name.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

Functions

None

207
importspot

importspot
Description

Import SPOT data from CD or tape.

Commands

importspot{inputfilename|devicename|cdromname] {outputfilename}
[bands] [blocksize] [compressiontype ] [coordinatetype] [decima-
tiontype] [gui] [ignorezero] [lowerright] [meter] [pixeltype]
[preview] [skipfiles] [subsample] [upperleft]
This command will take SPOT data from a media (cdrom/tape), read it in, and output an
IMAGINE file that can be used with any of the IMAGINE tools.

inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] {%s}

devicename → -device[name] {%s}

cdromname → -cdrom[name] {%s}


Only one of these three options is chosen.

inputfilename
The name of a file located within a valid SPOT CD structure. It is important that the file
be located within this structure as the importer will not recognize a file that is simply a
concatenation of SPOT data from a tape.

devicename
The name of the tape device where the SPOT data is located. This string is in the form
of host : devicename where host is the name of the machine where the tape drive is
located and devicename is the name of the device (ie: /dev/rmt/0).

cdromname
The symbolic name of the CDROM where the SPOT data is located. This name must
be configured from within IMAGINE in order for the importer to work. The string here
is not the actual name of the device for the CDROM (ie: /dev/sr0), rather the symbolic
name given in the configuration editor.

outputfilename → -output[file[name]] {%s}

208
importspot

bands → -bands bandarray

bandarray → {%d}
This is a series of numbers which defines how the importer will import the data. For
example: “-bands 1 2 3” will tell the importer to load band 1 into the first layer, band 2 into
the second layer and band 3 into the third layer of the IMAGINE file. By default, the bands
are placed into the IMAGINE file in the order “1 2 3”.

optionsfile → -options[file] {%s}


Get parameters for the import from a text file rather than specifying them on the command
line. The options specified in this file will be overridden by any command line arguments.
The following is a list of options that can be set in the options file.
-bands
-blocksize
-gui
-inputfilename
-cdromname
-devicename
-lowerright
-upperright
-meter
-outputfilename
As an example, the following could define a SPOT scene on a CD.
{
inputfilename “/cdrom/cd_dir.fil”
outputfilename “/data/spotimg.img”
bands 3 2 1
meter “perentage”
upperleft 0 0
lowerright 3000 3000
}

blocksize → -block[size] {width} [height]

width → %d

209
importspot

height → %d
This will set the output block size for the IMAGINE created. It is not necessary to specify
both options. If the width is the only argument, then the height will be set to the same
value. If not specified, the default width and height are gotten from the IMAGINE
preferences.

compressiontype → -com[press[ion[type]]] compresstype

compresstype → %s → [ none | run_length | default ]


This will set the compression type for the import. The default compression type is
whatever is specified by the IMAGINE preferences.

coordinatetype → -coordinate[type] coordtype

coordtype → { NONE | FILE | MAP | LONGLAT }


This tells the importer that the upper left and lower right corners specified are in a
particular coordinate system. The default coordinate system is FILE coordinates.

decimationtype → -dec[imation[type]] decimatetype


This will set the decimation that is used for previewing the SPOT data. The default value
is gotten from the IMAGINE preferences if one is not specified on the command line.

decimatetype → %s → [ NEAREST | AVERAGE ]

gui → -gui guiflag


guiflag → [ TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ]
The default value is to run in non-graphical mode. However, the graphical interface can
be run by specifying this option.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] ignorezeroflag


ignorezeroflag → {TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 }
The calculation of statistics will use the IMAGINE preferences unless specified by this
option to be ignored or not. If the option is TRUE | ON | 1 then the zeroes will be ignored
for the statistics; otherwise, the zeroes will be used to calculate the statistics.

lowerright → -lower[right] lowerrightx lowerrighty

210
importspot

lowerrightx → %f
lowerrighty → %f
This will define the lower right corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the lower
right corner (width - 1, height - 1) of the image is used.

meter → -meter %s
Report the status of the importer running. The status reports will go to standard error. By
default, the status is not reported. If the -gui option is used, this options is unnecessary.

pixeltype → -pixel[type] pixtype

pixtype → { u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 |


f32 | f64 }
Specify that output data type. By default, the output will be the same type as the input data
(unsigned 8-bit).

preview → -preview previewsize

previewsize → [ 5 1 2 | 1024 ]
Specifies the output size for the preview image. If this option is used, then the the importer
will preview the data first, attempting to display the previewed image in an IMAGINE
viewer. If this option is not used, then the importer will import the data, but not displayi it.

skipfiles → -skip[files] %d
Specifiying this on the command line should only occur when trying to retrieve data from
a CD. This option is only used for CD access.
For example, if all options are known about a particular scene on a CD, then the number
specified here will be the number of scenes to skip on the CD in order to get to the one
desired. The first scene on the CD would require a skip value of zero, where the fifth scene
on the CD would require a skip value of four. The default value is zero.

subsample → -sub[sample] subsampleflag


subsampleflag → { TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 }
Specify if the creation of pyramid layers is desired. The default is to use the IMAGINE
preferences.

211
importspot

upperleft → -upper[left] upperleftx upperlefty

upperleftx → %f
upperlefty → %f
This will define the upper left corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the
coordinates 0, 0 will be used.

Functions

None

212
importspotgeospot

importspotgeospot
Description

Import SPOT data from CD or tape.

Commands

importspotgeospot{inputfilename|devicename|cdromname] {output-
filename} [bands] [blocksize] [compressiontype ] [coordinatetype]
[decimationtype] [gui] [ignorezero] [lowerright] [meter] [pixeltype]
[preview] [skipfiles] [subsample] [upperleft]
This command will take SPOT data from a media (cdrom/tape), read it in, and output an
IMAGINE file that can be used with any of the IMAGINE tools.

inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] {%s}

devicename → -device[name] {%s}

cdromname → -cdrom[name] {%s}


Only one of these three options is chosen.

inputfilename
The name of a file located within a valid SPOT CD structure. The file must be located
within this structure as the importer will not recognize a file that is simply a
concatenation of SPOT data from a tape.

devicename
The name of the tape device where the SPOT data is located. This string is in the form
of host : devicename where host is the name of the machine where the tape drive is
located, and devicename is the name of the device (ie: /dev/rmt/0).

cdromname
The symbolic name of the CDROM where the SPOT data is located. This name must
be configured from within IMAGINE in order for the importer to work. The string here
is not the actual name of the device for the CDROM (ie: /dev/sr0); it is the symbolic
name given in the configuration editor.

outputfilename → -output[file[name]] {%s}

213
importspotgeospot

bands → -bands bandarray

bandarray → {%d}
This is a series of numbers which define how the importer will import the data. For
example: “-bands 1 2 3” will tell the importer to load band 1 into the first layer, band 2 into
the second layer and band 3 into the third layer of the IMAGINE file. By default, the bands
are placed into the IMAGINE file in the order “1 2 3”.

optionsfile → -options[file] {%s}


Get parameters for the import from a text file rather than specifying them on the command
line. The options specified in this file will be overridden by any command line arguments.
The following is a list of options that can be set in the options file.
-bands
-blocksize
-gui
-inputfilename
-cdromname
-devicename
-lowerright
-upperright
-meter
-outputfilename
As an example, the following could define a SPOT scene on a CD.
{
inputfilename “/cdrom/cd_dir.fil”
outputfilename “/data/spotimg.img”
bands 3 2 1
meter “perentage”
upperleft 0 0
lowerright 3000 3000
}

blocksize → -block[size] {width} [height]

width → %d

214
importspotgeospot

height → %d
This will set the output block size for the IMAGINE created. It is not necessary to specify
both options. If the width is the only argument, then the height will be set to the same
value. If not specified, the default width and height are taken from the IMAGINE
preferences.

compressiontype → -com[press[ion[type]]] compresstype

compresstype → %s → [ none | run_length | default ]


This will set the compression type for the import. The default compression type is
whatever is specified by the IMAGINE preferences.

coordinatetype → -coordinate[type] coordtype

coordtype → { NONE | FILE | MAP | LONGLAT }


This tells the importer that the upper left and lower right corners specified are in a
particular coordinate system. The default coordinate system is FILE coordinates.

decimationtype → -dec[imation[type]] decimatetype


This will set the decimation that is used for previewing the SPOT data. The default value
is taken from the IMAGINE preferences if one is not specified on the command line.

decimatetype → %s → [ NEAREST | AVERAGE ]

gui → -gui guiflag


guiflag → [ TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ]
The default value is to run in non-graphical mode. The graphical interface can be run by
specifying this option.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] ignorezeroflag


ignorezeroflag → {TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 }
The calculation of statistics will use the IMAGINE preferences unless specified by this
option to be ignored or not. If the option is TRUE | ON | 1 then the zeroes will be ignored
for the statistics; otherwise, the zeroes will be used to calculate the statistics.

lowerright → -lower[right] lowerrightx lowerrighty

215
importspotgeospot

lowerrightx → %f
lowerrighty → %f
This will define the lower right corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the lower
right corner (width - 1, height - 1) of the image is used.

meter → -meter %s
Report the status of the importer running. The status reports will go to standard error. By
default, the status is not reported. If the -gui option is used, this options is unnecessary.

pixeltype → -pixel[type] pixtype

pixtype → { u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 |


f32 | f64 }
Specify that output data type. By default, the output will be the same type as the input data
(unsigned 8-bit).

preview → -preview previewsize

previewsize → [ 5 1 2 | 1024 ]
Specifies the output size for the preview image. If this option is used, then the the importer
will preview the data first, attempting to display the previewed image in an IMAGINE
viewer. If this option is not used, then the importer will import the data, but not display it.

skipfiles → -skip[files] %d
Specifiying this on the command line should only occur when trying to retrieve data from
a CD. This option is only used for CD access.
For example, if all the options are known about a particular scene on a CD, then the
number specified here will be the number of scenes to skip on the CD in order to get to
the one desired. The first scene on the CD would require a skip value of zero, where the
fifth scene on the CD would require a skip value of four. The default value is zero.

subsample → -sub[sample] subsampleflag


subsampleflag → { TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 }
Specify if the creation of pyramid layers is desired. The default is to use the IMAGINE
preferences.

216
importspotgeospot

upperleft → -upper[left] upperleftx upperlefty

upperleftx → %f
upperlefty → %f
This will define the upper left corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the
coordinates 0, 0 will be used.

Functions

None

217
importtiger

importtiger
Description

Import Arc/Info coverages from Tiger/Line files.

Commands

importtiger inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [landmark_cov]


This command converts a set of U.S. Bureau of Census TIGER/LINE files into one or more
Arc/Info coverages.

inputname → -in tigerfile → -in %s


Specify a tiger file name. Tiger file normally is a set of files with slightly different names
(for example, file1, file2, filer, filep, etc.). Only the last letter of the file names is
different. Choose any one of them as the input file name. The program will recognize
the rest of the set from the shared common prefix.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s


Specify the name of the output coverage containing all basic line features and attribute
data from the input tigerfile.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -p[ointcov] cover_name → -p[ointcov] %s


Specify the name of an output coverage containing point features that represent
polygon labels for polygons in outcover.

landmark_cov → -l[andmark] landmark_cov → -l[andmark] %s


Specify an output coverage containing landmark point features.

Functions

None

218
importtm

importtm
Description

Import TM data from CD or tape.

Commands

importtm {inputfilename|devicename|cdromname] {outputfilename}


[bands] [blocksize] [compressiontype] [coordinatetype] [decima-
tiontype] [gui] [ignorezero] [lowerright] [meter] [pixeltype]
[preview] [skipfiles] [subsample] [upperleft]
This command will take TM data from a media (cdrom/tape), read it in, and output an
IMAGINE file that can be used with any of the IMAGINE tools.

devicename → -device[name] {%s}

cdromname → -cdrom[name] {%s}


Only one of these two options is chosen.

devicename
The name of the device where the TM data is located. This string is in the form of host
: devicename where host is the name of the machine where the tape drive is located,
and devicename is the name of the device (ie: /dev/rmt/0).

cdromname
The symbolic name of the CDROM where the TM data is located. This name must be
configured from within IMAGINE in order for the importer to work. The string here is
not the actual name of the device for the CDROM (ie: /dev/sr0); it is the symbolic name
given in the configuration editor.

outputfilename → -output[file[name]] {%s}

bands → -bands bandarray

bandarray → {%d}
This is a series of numbers which define how the importer will import the data. For
example: “-bands 1 4 7” will tell the importer to load band 1 into the first layer, band 4 into
the second layer and band 7 into the third layer of the IMAGINE file. By default, the bands

219
importtm

are placed into the IMAGINE file in the order “1 2 3 4 5 6 7”.

optionsfile → -options[file] {%s}


Get parameters for the import from a text file rather than specifying them on the command
line. The options specified in this file will be overridden by any command line arguments.
The following is a list of options that can be set in the options file.
-bands
-blocksize
-gui
-inputfilename
-cdromname
-devicename
-lowerright
-upperright
-meter
-outputfilename
As an example, the following could define a TM scene on a CD.
{
cdromname localcd
outputfilename “/data/tmimg.img”
bands 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
meter “perentage”
upperleft 0 0
lowerright 7500 8000
}

blocksize → -block[size] {width} [height]

width → %d
height → %d
This will set the output block size for the IMAGINE created. It is not necessary to specify
both options. If the width is the only argument, then the height will be set to the same
value. If not specified, the default width and height are taken from the IMAGINE
preferences.

220
importtm

compressiontype → -com[press[ion[type]]] compresstype

compresstype → %s → [ none | run_length | default ]


This will set the compression type for the import. The default compression type is
specified by the IMAGINE preferences.

coordinatetype → -coordinate[type] coordtype

coordtype → { NONE | FILE | MAP | LONGLAT }


This tells the importer that the upper left and lower right corners specified are in a
particular coordinate system. The default coordinate system is FILE coordinates.

decimationtype → -dec[imation[type]] decimatetype


This will set the decimation that is used for previewing the TM data. The default value is
taken from the IMAGINE preferences if one is not specified on the command line.

decimatetype → %s → [ NEAREST | AVERAGE ]

gui → -gui guiflag


guiflag → [ TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ]
The default value is to run in non-graphical mode. The graphical interface can be run by
specifying this option.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] ignorezeroflag


ignorezeroflag → {TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 }
The calculation of statistics will use the IMAGINE preferences unless specified by this
option to be ignored or not. If the option is TRUE | ON | 1 then the zeroes will be ignored
for the statistics; otherwise, the zeroes will be used to calculate the statistics.

lowerright → -lower[right] lowerrightx lowerrighty

lowerrightx → %f
lowerrighty → %f
This will define the lower right corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the lower
right corner (width - 1, height - 1) of the image is used.

221
importtm

meter → -meter %s
Report the status of the importer running. The status reports will go to standard error. By
default, the status is not reported. If the -gui option is used, this options is unnecessary.

pixeltype → -pixel[type] pixtype

pixtype → { u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 |


f32 | f64 }
Specify that output data type. By default, the output will be the same type as the input data
(unsigned 8-bit).

preview → -preview previewsize

previewsize → [ 5 1 2 | 1024 ]
Specifies the output size for the preview image. If this option is used, then the importer
will preview the data first, attempting to display the previewed image in an IMAGINE
viewer. If this option is not used, then the importer will import the data, but not display it.

subsample → -sub[sample] subsampleflag


subsampleflag → { TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 }
Specify if the creation of pyramid layers is desired. The default is to use the IMAGINE
preferences.

upperleft → -upper[left] upperleftx upperlefty

upperleftx → %f
upperlefty → %f
This will define the upper left corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the
coordinates 0, 0 will be used.

Functions

None

222
importvpf

importvpf
Description

Import a VPF coverage or a VPF table to an Arc/Info coverage or to an INFO table.

Commands

importvpf inputname outputname [gui] [type] [control] [extra]


This command converts a VPF (Vector Product Format) coverage or a VPF table file to an
Arc/Info coverage or an INFO file.

inputname → -in in_vpf → -in %s


Specify the name of the VPF table or coverage to be converted.

outputname → -out cover_or_table → -out %s


Specify the name of the Arc/Info coverage or INFO file to be created.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

type → -t[ype] input_type → -t[ype] %s


Specify whether an VPF table or an VPF coverage will be converted Options are
COVER or TABLE. COVER is the default.

control → -c[ontrol] control_file → -c[ontrol] %s


A file used to drop, add, change, or ignore items and other info during conversion. It is
a ASCII file that can be prepared by the user. Arc/Info manual has details on how to
write a control file.

extra → -extra [enable_flag] → -extra [%s]


Specifies whether non_standard VPF tables will be converted. Turning on the flag will
cause all VPF tables to be converted. This option only needs to be used if the data
being translated into Arc coverage was converted into VPF using exportvpf. Set it ON
or OFF.

Functions

None

223
imremsv.customize

imremsv.customize
Description

The IMAGINE Remote Services module customization function definition script.

Commands

. imremsv.customize
The imremsv.customize command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced
by the customize script. The script contains customization function definitions for installing
the Remote Services module. This command is only intended to be run from the OS
command shell.

224
imtool.customize

imtool.customize
Description

The IMAGINE Toolkit module customization function definition script.

Commands

. imtool.customize
The imtool.customize command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced
by the customize script. The script contains customization function definitions for installing
the Toolkit module. This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

225
imess.customize

imess.customize
Description

The IMAGINE Essentials module customization function definition script.

Commands

. imess.customize
The imess.customize command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced by
the customize script. The script contains customization function definitions for installing the
Essentials module. This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

226
install_broker

install_broker
Description

The ERDAS license broker installation and configuration script.

Commands

install_broker
The install_broker command starts an interactive script for installing the ERDAS
license broker, erdmaster. The script allows the license broker node name to be specified,
displays the license broker’s system ID, and allows code words to be entered. This command
was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

227
install_imagine

install_imagine
Description

The IMAGINE installation script.

Commands

install_imagine
The install_imagine command runs an interactive script that installs IMAGINE modules
from tape or CDROM. The script can be configured through the install_imagine.config script.
This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

228
jpegcompress

jpegcompress
Description

Compress IMAGINE raster images using the JPEG compression scheme.

Commands

job jpegcompress imgfile compressedfile [quality] [meter]


Create a JPEG-compressed version of imgfile and store it in compressedfile.

imgfile → %s
The name of the input file.

compressedfile → %s
The name of the output, compressed file, typically with an extension of .imj

quality→ %d
Set the JPEG compression quality. quality must be an integer between 0 (low image
quality, very high compression) and 100 (high image quality, low compression). A quality
setting of 75 is used by default.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. .

Functions

None

229
jpegdecompress

jpegdecompress
Description

Decompress an IMAGINE file which has been JPEG-compressed.

Commands

job jpegdecompress compressedfile imgfile [meter]


Create an uncompressed file imgfile from the JPEG-compressed file compressedfile.

compressedfile → %s
The name of the input compressed file. This typically has an extension of .imj

imgfile → %s
The name of the output, uncompressed file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s


Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes.

Functions

None

230
killstring

killstring
Description

The IMAGINE process signalling script.

Commands

killstring [anywhere] [prompt] [signal] matchString


The killstring command allows signals to be sent to processes by name. This command
was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

anywhere → -a
Specifies that the matchString can match the process anywhere on the command
line that was used to start the process. Normally, the matchString must match the
name of the executable image associated with the process.

prompt → -p
Specifies whether the script should prompt the caller before delivering the signal to a
given process. This is useful when the -a option is specified. The default is to not
prompt the user.

signal → -s signalNum → -s %d
Specifies the signal to be sent. The default is -s 15 (SIGTERM).

matchString → %s
Specifies the string used to match the process by name.

231
lineagg

lineagg
Description

This is an ESRI executable that aggregates lines in a coveage (specifics unknown). It cannot be
run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using
ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child
process (lineagg), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module
for example.

232
linegrid

linegrid
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts a line coverage to a grid. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(linegrid), and for forking the child process. See file covtoraster.c in covtoraster module for
example.

233
mapmaker

mapmaker
Description

Map rendering program.

Commands

mapmaker mapfile outputfile destination [numcopies] [singlepan-


elflag] [bookorpanelflag] [compressionflag] [colors] [deletemapflag]
[windowsprogram] [firstpanel] [lastpanel] [mirrorflag] [borderline]
[orientation] [cleanupflag] [dotsperunit] [dotsunit] [statsflag]
[dotheight] [dotwidth] [xoffset] [yoffset] [xyunits] [scalingfactor]
[errordiffusionflag]
Mapmaker reads the map structure in the file mapfile, produces a set of files with their root
file name as outputfile and sends the resulting output to destination. If no printer is
specified the characteristic of the printer can be supplied as mapmaker options. If a PDF is
used, then the files created by mapmaker are listed in the table below.

Name Contents

outputfile.plt A collection of panel file names


outputfile.plt.panel_# (# Panel output data
denotes panel number starting
with 0)
outputfile.plt.panel_#.name Name of the panel data file and
supporting data files (e.g.,
PostScript fonts)
printers.outputfile.plt.cfg Configuration database
override values

Arguments

mapfile → %w
The EHFA file containing map structure to be produced

outputfile → %w
The base filename of the mapmaker output

destination → imgoutput | epsoutput | printerdevice

234
mapmaker

The output destination of the rendered map.

imgoutput → -file [mapinfoflag]


Create an IMAGINE Image format file as output.

mapinfoflag → -mapinfo
Writes mapinfo of each frame into the plot file. This option is normally used for
converting a view in the viewer to an IMAGINE Image file. In this situation, there
will be only one frame in the entire composition. If a map composition contains
more than one frame it does not make sense to copy the map information into the
output file.

epsoutput → -eps
Create an encapsulated PostScript format file as output.

printerdevice → -p printer [printflag]


Print the output panels using a printer definition from the Configuration Database. The
panel files will be rendered using the parameters set in the Configuration Database for
the printer named. Any command line options will override the parameter settings in
the database.

printer → %s
The name of a printer device, as defined in the Configuration Database.

printflag → -print [0|1]


Boolean flag controling whether the data is actually sent to the print device using
printmanager. If 0, the panels are rendered, but not delivered to the device. If 1,
the panels are rendered and then printed using printmanager.

Options
Notes:
Some of the options to Mapmaker take a boolean flag to indicate the option should be used
or suppressed. For these options, a value of 0 indicates False or Off and a value of 1
indicates True or On. If the boolean flag is omitted, then the value is assumed to be 1 for that
option. When the following option descriptions do not mention these boolean flags, the above
statement is assumed.

numcopies → -# %d

235
mapmaker

Prints n copies of the output. This option has to be used with -print option. Mapmaker
will utilize the printer's memory to produce multiple copies if the specified printer supports
in-memory multiple copies, otherwise the data will be sent to the printer multiple times.
This option overrides the number of copies parameter in the Configuration Database.

singlepanelflag → -bestfit [0|1]


If the input map is larger than the maximum printable area of one page for the specfied
destination, then mapmaker will reduce the map so that it fits onto one page. The
aspect ratio of the original map is preserved, but the printed scale information will be
incorrect.

bookorpanelflag → -book [0|1]


When this option is 0, the multi-panel output will include cross hairs at each corner for
cut-and-paste alignment. When this option is 1, the multi-panel output will not have the
alignment guides and an index page will be append to the output.

compressionflag → -c
Uses data compression in panel files if possible.

colors → -color colornames

If a printer is not specified for destination, the desired color for the printer can be
specified separately using this flag.

colornames → RGB | CMY | CMYK | Black


These color band combinations are used to specify which bands should be produced
for each panel file generated.

deletemapflag → -delm [0|1]


When set to 1, the map file is deleted after mapmaker completes the printing of the map.
This is useful for temporary map files generated by a program such as the Map Series
Tool or View To IMG function.

windowsprogram → -windows
If mapmaker is running under Microsoft Windows 95 or NT this flag should be present.
The default value sets the program in the UNIX environment.

236
mapmaker

firstpanel → -start %d
If the output requires multiple panels, the integer value of this option indicates the first
panel number to print. Panels before the specified panel will not be printed. Panels are
numbered from 0 to n-1 and counted from left to right, and top to bottom.

lastpanel → -end %d
If the output requires multiple panels, the integer value of this option indicates indicates
the last panel to print. Panels after the specified panel will not be printed. Panels are
numbered from 0 to n-1 and counted from left to right, and top to bottom.

mirrorflag → -m [0|1]
Mirrors the output. This option is usually used for negative output. This option overrides
the mirror parameter set in the Configuration Database.

borderline → -nb [0|1]


Setting this option to 1 suppresses boder line around the map composition. The default is
0.

orientation → -orient orientationstyle


Mapmaker will try to rotate the map composition so that it fits on the fewest number of
panels. The map may be rotated 90 degrees if printing it with that orientation will use the
least amount of paper. If no orientation is specified, mapmaker will not try any
rotation.

orientationstyle → auto | none | force


If force is selected, mapmaker will always rotate the composition 90 degrees
counter-clockwise from its original orientation. If auto is specified, the map will only
be rotated if printing it with that orientation will use less of paper. If none is specified,
the map will not be rotated, even if rotating it will use less paper.

cleanupflag → -rm
Removes the panel file(s) after priningt is done. Notice this option is different from -delm
which deletes the map composition after rendering is completed.

dotsperunit → -setdpu dpu


Sets dots per unit. This option should be used in conjunction with -unit to specify the unit
type.

237
mapmaker

dotsunit → -unit unit


Sets dpu unit to unit. The unit has to be one of the units defined in IMAGINE_HOME/etc/
units.dat.

statsflag → -cs
Computes stats when closing the plot files. When this option is not specified, no stretch
will be applied. And stats are always stored min and max as min and max of the data type
chosen, mean and medium equal to the half of the sum of min and max.

dotheight → -setthd total_height_in_dots


Sets the total height in dots limit for output paneling.

dotwidth → -settwd total_width_in_dots


Sets the total width in dots limit for output paneling.

xoffset → -x xoffset
If the printer supports image offset, the amount specified in xoffset will be the offset in
horizontal direction. The unit type should be specified in -xyunit.

yoffset → -y yoffset
If the printer supports image offset, the amount specified in xoffset will be the offset in
vertical direction. The unit type should be specified in -xyunit.

xyunits → -xyunit unit


The unit type for x and y offset specified in -x and -y. The default value is inches.

scalingfactor → -zoom scale


The scale of zoom of map composition to paper.

errordiffusionflag → -errordiffusion
Uses error diffusion when rendering to a halftone device. This option overwrites error
diffusion choice in user's preference.

238
mappatheditor

mappatheditor
Description

Simple IMAGINE map composition editor.

Commands

mappatheditor
The mappatheditor application allows the user to change/view the paths of files referenced
within map compositions. Because map composition files are in HFA format, a simple text
editor cannot be used. The mappatheditor provides a way for users to open and edit map
files, even if they reference image files which do not exist. It is a very simple tool designed for
fixing or modifying map files. No effort is made to validate any input values.

Functions
None.

239
modeler

modeler
Description

GIS Algebra Modeling Program

Commands

modeler modelfile [state] [meter] [quotes] [delete] [preproc]


[model_arg]...
The modeler executes the model in the file modelfile, passing arguments model_arg,
etc. to the model.

modelfile
Text file containing model to be executed.

state → -s[tate]
Display the current state of the program as it executes.

meter → -m[eter]
Display the percentage complete as this program executes.

quotes → -nq
Disable quotation mark insertion around model arguments. If this option is not present,
all arguments passed to the model are enclosed in double quotes (“), except as noted
below.

delete → -delete_model
Delete model at end of execution. The modelmaker program may write out a temporary
model file and then execute it using this option.

preproc → -pp [ filename ] → -pp [ %s ]


Preprocess model only. Passes all model arguments to the model, expands #define
macros, and sends the resulting model to standard out. Use “-pp > filename” to write
resulting model to a file named filename.

model_arg

240
modeler

Argument passed to model. Arguments are passed to the model in the order they are
listed.

☞ Note: All arguments after the model file name and options will be passed through to the model
as arguments. By default, each model argument will be enclosed in double quotes (“) before
being passed to the model, unless it meets one of the following conditions:
The argument already starts and ends with the double quote character (“).
The argument is a valid floating point number.
The argument contains only letters, numbers, or underscore characters.
The argument does not contain any letters, numbers, or underscore characters.
The quotation mark insertion may be disabled entirely using the -nq option.

Functions

None.

241
modelmaker

modelmaker
Description

The modelmaker program allows the user to develop models using a flowcharting interface.

Commands

modelmaker [open model]


The modelmaker command starts the modelmaker with either a new model or optionally the
model specified.

open → -o[pen]
This tells modelmaker to open the model specified.

model → %s
This is a string, enclosed in quotes, containing the filename, and optionally path, of the
model to be loaded.

Functions

None.

242
o_install_printer

o_install_printer
Description

The IMAGINE architecture specific printer configuration overrides.

Commands

. o_install_printer_arch
The o_install_printer_arch command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be
sourced in the install_printer Bourne shell script. The script contains architecture specific
overrides for various variables and functions that deal with printer configuration. This type of
script architecture allows script logic to address a task without mixing in logic to control
differences in operating system utilities under different operating systems. This command is
intended only to be run from the OS command shell.

243
ovrann

ovrann
Description

This is an ESRI executable that does annotation overlay (specifics unknown). It cannot be run
from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(ovrann), and for forking the child process. See file covsubset.c in covsubset module for
example.

244
ovrlin

ovrlin
Description

This is an ESRI executable that assembles arcs in a coverage (specifics unknown). It cannot be
run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using
ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child
process (ovrlin), and for forking the child process. See file covclean.c in covclean module for
example.

245
ovrpnt

ovrpnt
Description

This is an ESRI executable that does point overlay (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(ovrpnt), and for forking the child process. See file covsubset.c in covsubset module for
example.

246
ovrseg

ovrseg
Description

This is an ESRI executable that computes all intersections of arcs within a coverage. It cannot
be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using
ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child
process (ovrseg), and for forking the child process. See file covclean.c in covclean module for
example.

247
ovrsrt

ovrsrt
Description

This is an ESRI executable that sorts features within a coverage. (specifics unknown). It cannot
be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using
ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child
process (ovrsrt), and for forking the child process. See file covsubset.c in covsubset module for
example.

248
pixeltotable

pixeltotable
Description

Create a tabular ASCII file of pixel values from one or more image files.

Commands

spawn pixeltotable [gui] [inputfiles] [outputfile] [criteriatype]


[criteriafile] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [sample]
Invoke the pixeltotable application.

gui → -gui flag → -gui %s


Invoke a GUI version of this application unless flag is “0”.

inputfiles → -in[put[files]] filelist → -in[put[files]] {%s}


The list of input image files.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] filename → -


out[put[file[name]]] %s
The name of the output .asc file.

criteriatype → -criteriatype type → -criteriatype %s


The type of criteria used for point selection. Valid criteria types are “aoi” (use an AOI file),
“point” (use a point file), or “subset” (use a subset range).

criteriafile → -criteriafile filename → -criteriafile %s


Specify the point or AOI file if criteriatype is “point” or “aoi”.

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f


Specify the upper left coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend → -l[owerright] %f %f


Specify the lower right coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] type → -coord[inate[type]]


%s

249
pixeltotable

Specify whether coordinates are written out in map or file coordinates, depending on if
type is “map” or “file”. Also specifies whether the subset is given in map or file
coordinates. The default coordinate type is “map” if the input file(s) contain map
information, or “file” if the input file(s) contain file information..

sample → -s[ample] xsample ysample → -s[ample] %d %d


Specify the pixel sampling rate in the x and y directions. The default values for xsample
and ysample are 1.

Functions

None

250
pntprf

pntprf
Description

This is an ESRI executable that builds point topology. It cannot be run from a command line or
from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for
sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (pntprf), and for
forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

251
pointgrid

pointgrid
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts a point coverage to a grid. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(pointgrid), and for forking the child process. See file covtoraster.c in covtoraster module for
example.

252
pointnode

pointnode
Description

This is an ESRI executable (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from
eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for
sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (pointnode), and for
forking the child process. See file importdlg.c in importdlg module for example.

253
polygrid

polygrid
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts a polygon coverage to a grid. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(polygrid), and for forking the child process. See file covtoraster.c in covtoraster module for
example.

254
printfilter

printfilter
Description

The printfilter command converts output files from mapmaker to printer language files
ready to be printed by a printer.

Commands

printfilter inputfile -output outputtype [-v]


The printfilter command translates the input file to the specified output format and
writes the resulting data to standard output. It can be used to format a file before sending it
to a printer. The output data is sent to the process’ standard output.

inputfile → %sÆ
The inputfile option of the printfilter command is the name of the file which will
be translated to the output language. The input file must be an output panel from a
mapmaker process.

outputtype → [ calcomp | hpgl | hprtl | iris | kodak | postscript


| serveware | techjet | tekinkjet | vbraster | versatec ]Æ
The outputtypeoption is used to specify the language used by the printer on which the
output data should be printed.

-vÆ
The -v flag causes printfilter to print verbose processing information.

printfilter
The printfilter command uses a method of interaction which is unique among IMAGINE
programs. When no input file is specified on the command line, it will read all of its input
parameters from standard input. This makes it possible for the printfilter to server in the
pipeline of a print queue. The format for sending options to the printfilter in this way is:

verbose
filter
xoffset
yoffset
numcopies

255
printfilter

data source
port hostname
filenames

verbose → 0 | 1
A 1 in this field is equivalent to using the -v flag on the command line.

filter → [ calcomp | hpgl | hprtl | iris | kodak | postscript |


serveware | techjet | tekinkjet | vbraster | versatec ]
The value used for filter is equivalent to the outputtype option used on the
command line.

xoffset → %d
yoffset → %d
These values will move the origin on the output device. They are only useful for some
types of printers.

numcopies → %d
This value will cause multiple copies of the image to be printed if the output language
supports this option.

data source → [ files | socket ]


The data source parameter tells the printfilter which input method should be
used to retrieve its data. When files is specified, the printfilter will connect to the
ERDAS File Server (efsd) and retrieve the data from the files specified. When a socket
connection is to be used, the printfilter will connect to the printmanager and
communicate using the IMAGINE Print Accelerator protocol over the TCP/IP socket
specified.

port → %d
When using the IMAGINE Print Accelerator communication protocol between the
printmanager and the printfilter, the printfilter must be told where the
printmanager is running. The port number of the socket which should be used for
communication is specified here.

hostname → %s

256
printfilter

When using the IMAGINE Print Accelerator communication protocol between the
printmanager and the printfilter, the printfilter must be told where the
printmanager is running. The hostname of the host on which the printmanager is
running should be specified here.

files → %s
When the printfilter retrieves its data using efsd, each file which should be sent to
the printer is listed using the full Universal Resource Locator format with the efs protocol.
Each file should be named on a separate line in the following manner:

efs://hostname/path/filename

hostname → %s
The hostname should be a host which is running the ERDAS File Server (efsd).

path → %s
The path should be the full path on the remote host which can be used to access the
file through efsd.

filename → %s
The filename should be the name of the file to be printed.

257
printmanager

printmanager
Description

The printmanager command delivers a panel file generated by mapmaker to the printer for
which it was formatted.

Commands

printmanager inputfile [-v] [-rm] [numcopies] [outputfile]


The printmananger command uses the configuration database information about the
printer associated with a panel file to deliver the panel file to the printer.

inputfile → %s
The inputfile option is the .name file associated with a panel file created by
mapmaker.

numcopies→ -# %d
The numcopies option is used to specify the number of copies which should be printed.
The default is 1.

-v
The -v flag causes printmanager to print verbose processing information.

-rm
When the -rm flag is specified, printmanager will erase any files associated with the
panel after it has been printed.

outputfile → -outputfile %s
If the printer associated with the input file is configured to print to a file, the outputfile
parameter is used to specify the output file. If the destination is not a file, this parameter
is ignored.

258
prodnf

prodnf
Description

This program performs neighborhood operations on raster data.

Commands

job prodnf inputname outputname [window] [meter] [datatype]


[function] [size] [breakpoint] [intercept] [parameters] [kslope]
[value]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f


%f
Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right
coordinates of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s


Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

function → -f[unction] functionname → -f[unction] %s


Specify the name of the neighborhood function used. Following options are proovided:
Mean, Median, Sigma, Local Region, Local Statistics, Variance, Skewness, Kurtosis,
Mean Euclidean Distance, Undegraded Image, Low Luminance, High Luminance. The
default is Undegraded Image.

size → -s[ize] windowsize → -s[ize] %d

259
prodnf

Specify the square window size of the neighborhood operation.

breakpoint → -b[reakpoint] low high → -b[reakpoint] %f %f


Set the high and low break points. The default low break is 160 and the high break
210. They are only used in Low Luminance and High Luminance functions.

intercept → -i[ntercept] intercept → -i[ntercept] %f


Set the intercept for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance
functions. The default value is 65.

parameters → -p[arameters] sigma multiplier → -p[arameters]


%f %f
Set the scene coefficient of variation and its multiplication factor. The default
coefficient is 0.25. It is used in Sigma and Local Statistics functions. The default
multiplication factor is 2.0. It is used in Sigma function only.

kslope → -k[slope] slope → -k[slope] %f


Set the slope for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance functions.
The default value is 2.0.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f


Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation.

Functions

None.

260
project

project
Description

This is an ESRI executable that converts a coverage from one projection system to another. It
cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application
using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to
the child process (project), and for forking the child process. See file covinfo.c in covinfo module
for example.

261
qvendor

qvendor
Description

X Window display vendor querying program (UNIX only).

Commands

qvendor [ display ]
The qvendor command queries the X Server serving a particular X Window display about the
vendor from which the server comes. The vendor name is printed on stdout. This command
is not intended to be used from an EML script.

display → %s
The name of the X Window display to query. If display is NULL, the display name is
obtained from the DISPLAY environment variable.

Functions

None.

262
radarbri

radarbri
Description

This program performs brightness adjustment for radar data.

Commands

job radarbri inputname outputname [window] [datatype] [select]


[meter] [value]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f


%f
Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right
coordinates of the operation area.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s


Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

select → -s[elect] direction → -s[elect] %s


Specify the row or column direction to perform the brightness adjustment. The default
direction is the column.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f


Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation.

263
radarbri

Functions

None.

264
radarfrost

radarfrost
Description

This program performs radar image speckle suppression using the Frost method.

Commands

job radarfrost inputname outputname kernelsize datatype sigma


ignoreflag ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

kernelsize → %d
The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

datatype → %s
Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double.

sigma → %f
The scene coefficient of variation.

ignoreflag → %d
Ignore value flag for statstics calculation.

ulx → %d
Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

uly → %d
Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

265
radarfrost

width → %d
The width of the operation area.

height → %d
The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

Functions

None.

266
radarlee

radarlee
Description

This program performs radar image speckle suppression using the Lee method.

Commands

job radarlee inputname outputname kernelsize datatype sigma sigmam-


ultiplier ignoreflag ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

kernelsize → %d
The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

datatype → %s
Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double.

sigma → %f
The scene coefficient of variation.

sigmamultiplier → %f
The multiplication factor for the scene coefficient of variation.

ignoreflag → %d
Ignore value flag for statstics calculation.

ulx → %d
Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

267
radarlee

uly → %d
Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

width → %d
The width of the operation area.

height → %d
The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

Functions

None.

268
radarmap

radarmap
Description

This program performs radar image speckle suppression using the Gamma-MAP method.

Commands

job radarmap inputname outputname kernelsize datatype sigma


ignoreflag ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

kernelsize → %d
The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

datatype → %s
Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double.

sigma → %f
The scene coefficient of variation.

ignoreflag → %d
Ignore value flag for statstics calculation.

ulx → %d
Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

uly → %d
Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

269
radarmap

width → %d
The width of the operation area.

height → %d
The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

Functions

None.

270
radarnf

radarnf
Description

This program performs neighborhood operations on radar or other raster data.

Commands

job radarnf inputname outputname [window] [meter] [datatype]


[function] [size] [breakpoint] [intercept] [parameters] [kslope]
[value]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f


%f
Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right
coordinates of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name → -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s


Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

function → -f[unction] functionname → -f[unction] %s


Specify the name of the neighborhood function used. Following options are proovided:
Mean, Median, Sigma, Local Region, Local Statistics, Variance, Skewness, Kurtosis,
Mean Euclidean Distance, Undegraded Image, Low Luminance, High Luminance. The
default is Undegraded Image.

size → -s[ize] windowsize → -s[ize] %d

271
radarnf

Specify the square window size of the neighborhood operation.

breakpoint → -b[reakpoint] low high → -b[reakpoint] %f %f


Set the high and low break points. The default low break is 160 and the high break
210. They are only used in Low Luminance and High Luminance functions.

intercept → -i[ntercept] intercept → -i[ntercept] %f


Set the intercept for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance
functions. The default value is 65.

parameters → -p[arameters] sigma multiplier → -p[arameters]


%f %f
Set the scene coefficient of variation and its multiplication factor. The default
coefficient is 0.25. It is used in Sigma and Local Statistics functions. The default
multiplication factor is 2.0. It is used in Sigma function only.

kslope → -k[slope] slope → -k[slope] %f


Set the slope for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance functions.
The default value is 2.0.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f


Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation.

Functions

None.

272
radarslant

radarslant
Description

This program performs radar image resampling from slant range to ground range.

Commands

job radarslant inputname outputname [window] [select] [datatype]


[radius] [parameters] [outres] [correction] [meter] [value]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

outputname → %s
Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f


%f
Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right
coordinates of the operation area.

select → -s[elect] select → -s[elect] %s


Specify the row or column direction to perform the resampling. The default direction is
the column.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s


Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit,
Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit,
Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double,
Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

radius → -r[adius] majoraxis minoraxis latitude → -r[adius]


%f %f %f
Set the major and minor axis values of the earth in meters, and the scene center
latitude in degrees for calculating the local radius. The default radius used is 6370997
meters.

parameters → -p[arameters] depression beamwidth height → -

273
radarslant

p[arameters] %f %f %f
Set the radar sensor parameters of the depression and beamwidth in degrees and the
height in meters.

outres → -o[utres] outresolution → -o[utres] %f


Specify the output resolution in meters.

correction → -c[orrection] correction → -c[orrection] %s


Set the earth correction type as flat or circular. The default is flat.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f


Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation.

Functions

None.

274
rastertocov

rastertocov
Description

Covert an image file to an Arc/Info coverage.

Commands

rastertocov inputname outputname [gui] [cov_type] [foreground] [thin]


[filter] [junction] [item] [thickness] [dangle] [weed] [upperleft]
[lowerright] [coordinate_type] [band]
This command converts an image file to a coverage. It first creates a temporary grif from the
input image, then converts the grid to a coverage.

inputname → -in input_image → -in %s


Full path of the input image file.

outputname → -out out_cover → -out %s


Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s]


Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

cov_type → -type cover_type → -type %s


Specify the type of the output coverage: POLY (polygons) or LINE (line coverage.
Default is polygon coverage.

foreground → -f[oreground] cell_value → -f[oreground] %s


Specify the cell values that will identify the foreground cells. The valid options are
POSITIVE or DATA.

thin → -thin yes_or_no → -thin %s


Specify whether or not the foreground cells of the grid will be thinned before
vectorization. Valid options: yes or no.

filter → -filter yes_or_no → -filter %s


Specify whether or not a filter will be applied as the first phase of of thining. Valid
options: yes or no.

275
rastertocov

junction → -j[unction] round_or_sharp → -j[unction] %s


Specify whether round or sharp turns will be made at turns or junctions. Also used in
conversion process to spline curves or create sharp intersections and corners. Valid
options are ROUND or SHARP. Default to ROUND.

item → -item item_name → -item %s


the name of the item in the feature attribute table of the output coverage to contain the
attribute of the grid cell. By default, if "#" is entered, no attribute item or information will
be written to the attribute table.

thickness → -t[hickness] thick_value → -t[hickness] %f


The maximum thickness, in map units, of line features in the input image.The default
is 10*pixelsize if THIN option is used, or 2*pixelsize if NOTHIN is used.

dangle→ -d[angle] dangle_length → -d[angle] %f


Minimum length, in map units, of dangling arcs that will be retained. The default is
0.7*the {thickness} if THIN is used, or zero if NOTHIN is used.

weed → -w[eed] weed_tolerance → -w[eed] %f


Set the weed tolerance, in map units, for generalization of arcs during conversion. The
default is 0.0.

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f


Create a subset of the input image starting at map position xstart, ystart. MAP
coordinates must be used.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend → -l[owerright] %f %f


Create a subset of the input image ending at map position xend, yend. MAP
coordinates must be used.

band→ -band band_number → -band %d


Specify a band to export. Cannot export all bands.

Functions

None

276
regionerror

regionerror
Description

This is an ESRI executable that checks region errors in a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(regionerror), and for forking the child process.

277
removedangle

removedangle
Description

This is an ESRI executable that removes dangling arcs from a coverage. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(removedangle), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module
for example.

278
renode

renode
Description

This is an ESRI executable that renodes a coverage (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from
a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(renode), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

279
rmarccover

rmarccover
Description

Delete an Arc/Info coverage with all option, or delete an Arc/Info grid. With the all option, all
attribute tables with the coverage name as the prefix of their names (e.g. zone88.aat, zone88.lut,
if the coverage name is zone88) will be deleted.

Commands

rmarccover inputname
This command deletes a coverage or a grid

inputname → filename→ %s
Pathname of the coverage or grid to be deleted.

Functions

None

280
rmmodule

rmmodule
Description

The IMAGINE module removal script.

Commands

rmmodule [source] [interactive] [echoMode] [fileListDir]


[fileSetType]... moduleList
The rmmodule command invokes the IMAGINE module removal script. This script will
remove one or more filesets of one or more installed modules. This command was designed
to be run from the OS command shell.

source → -s directory → -s %w
Specifies the source directory for IMAGINE_HOME. By default, this is
$IMAGINE_HOME. If IMAGINE_HOME is not set, the default is ‘dirname
$SCRIPT_PATH‘, where $SCRIPT_PATH is ‘dirname $0‘.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is
run. The default is on.

echoMode → -e { 0 | 1 }
Specifies whether the script should run silently (0) or echo diagnostic output to the
terminal (1). The default is silence.

fileListDir → -d directory → -d %w
Specifies the directory from which file lists should be read. If the value of this directory
is "install" (the default), the file lists in the $IMAGINE_HOME/install directory are used
to remove any particular file set. Files in a file set that exist in other installed file sets
(overlapping files) are preserved. If the value of the directory is other than the default,
then the file lists in $IMAGINE_HOME/install are used to remove the file sets (without
preserving overlap). The files in the file list in fileListDir are also removed, in case
there has been an update to the file list.

fileSetType → -t { arch | gnrl | data }


Specifies the file set type(s) to remove. The default is -t gnrl -t data -t $ARCH.

moduleList → module [module]...

281
rmmodule

Specifies one or more modules to be removed from the IMAGINE installation at


IMAGINE_HOME.

282
runarch

runarch
Description

The IMAGINE script environment creator and bin directory locator script.

Commands

runarch [eval] [arg]...


The runarch command sets up a command shell environment in which the
IMAGINE_HOME environment variable is set and the standard stock of ERDAS Bourne shell
utility functions are available. This command was designed to be run from the OS command
shell.

eval → -e
This flag makes sense only when the command is called directly (as opposed to
through a link named something other than ‘runarch’). This flag instructs the runarch
script to ‘eval’ the passed arg‘s in the created shell environment rather than executing
them directly in the environment.

arg → %s
If runarch is invoked directly, all arg’s presented on the command line are executed
in the shell after the proper environment has been established. If runarch is invoked
through a link with a name, name, other than runarch, the command
$IMAGINE_HOME/bin/$ARCH/name is executed with the passed in arg’s once the
environment has been established.

283
scriptrc

scriptrc
Description

The IMAGINE architecture specific Bourne shell script run control (overrides).

Commands

. scriptrc.arch
The scriptrc.arch command (where arch represents a supported system architecture
of IMAGINE) is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in other Bourne shell
scripts. The script contains architecture specific overrides for various variables and functions.
This type of script architecture allows script logic to address a task without mixing in logic to
control differences in operating system utilities under different operating systems. This
command is intended only to be run from the OS command shell.

284
setuid

setuid
Description

The IMAGINE set-user-id-on-execution script.

Commands

setuid owner fileName


The setuid command changes the owner and permissions on fileName such that when
fileName is executed, it will run as if it had been run by owner. This command was
designed to be run from the OS command shell.

owner → %d
Specifies user id of the desired owner of the fileName.

fileName → %w
Specifies the name of the file for which the owner and permissions should be changed.

285
setup_fonts

setup_fonts
Description

The IMAGINE font set-up script.

Commands

setup_fonts
The setup_fonts command converts IMAGINE .bdf format fonts into a format suitable for
the X Server on the current architecture ($ARCH). IMAGINE distributes certain foreign
language fonts (e.g., Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, etc.) that can be used with annotation but must
be available to the X Server so that the key mapper dialog (and other dialogs) can display the
fonts in their Motif text widgets. This command was designed to be run from the OS command
shell.

286
setup_hp700

setup_hp700
Description

Set up theIMAGINE security broker for Hewlett Packard machines.

Commands

setup_hp700
This command will set up the IMAGINE security program on a Hewlett Packard machine, with
the correct permissions. The IMAGINE security broker must run as root.

Functions

None

287
setup_personal

setup_personal
Description

The IMAGINE personal directory set-up script.

Commands

setup_personal
The setup_personal command creates a directory to store personal configuration
information for the IMAGINE system. The script will copy certain personal configuration
information from personal directories of previous versions of IMAGINE, if found. This
command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

288
setup_rs6000

setup_rs6000
Description

Set up IMAGINE for IBM machines.

Commands

setup_rs6000
This command will set up the IMAGINE to run on an IBM RS/6000 system running AIX. It
configures the security program, enables the asynchronous I/O subsystem, and installs the
Shared Library Hookable Symbols PRPQ (P91153) required to run IMAGINE under AIX.

Functions
None

289
setup_system

setup_system
Description

The IMAGINE system set-up script.

Commands

setup_system [disableCustomize]
The setup_system command configures an individual host computer to run the IMAGINE
software. The system set-up includes making the IMAGINE start-up script accessible through
all users’ PATH’s and enabling automatic CDROM mounting. It also performs any
architecture-specific customization for this host. This command was designed to be run from
the OS command shell.

disableCustomize → -n
Specifies that the script should NOT search the <IMAGINE_HOME>/install directory
for customization scripts that did not run successfully,then attempt to run them. The
script normally does this because successful running of module customization scripts
is usually a prerequisite to using the software.

290
setup_toolkit

setup_toolkit
Description

The IMAGINE C Programmers’ Toolkit set-up script.

Commands

setup_toolkit [headersOnly | toolkitParentDir]


The setup_toolkit command prepares a user’s system for use with the IMAGINE C
Programmers’ Toolkit. This will ensure that the user has access to the C Language header
files in the IMAGINE installation directory. It will also make a copy of the example programs
and Makefile in a private user work area. This command was designed to be run from the OS
command shell.

headersOnly → -h
Specifies that the script should only attempt to unpack the C Language header files
from their secured distribution archive. The set-up of the private user work area will
NOT be performed.

toolkitParentDir → %w
Specifies that the script should use the specified directory instead of the default
($HOME) as the parent directory for the private user work area. The private user work
area is itself a directory that is specific to a version of IMAGINE.

291
showsysid

showsysid
Description

The ERDAS system identification program.

Commands

showsysid
The showsysid command determines the unique machine identification number for the
machine on which it is executed. This identification number is used to associate license
checking with a particular host (the license broker node) by making it part of the security
codewords. This command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell because
it prints the system identification number on stdout.

292
sigmaval

sigmaval
Description

This program calculates the scene coefficient of variation, and prints the results in the session
log and the stderr.

Commands

job sigmaval inputname kernelsize ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s
Name of input file.

kernelsize → %d
The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

ulx → %d
Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

uly → %d
Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

width → %d
The width of the operation area.

height → %d
The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s


Display progress meter with a specified name.

Functions

None.

293
tabletool

tabletool
Description

Tabletool is a cellarray-based program that displays, relates and edits ESRI’s INFO tables. It also
provides following utilities to manage tables: copy, rename, delete, merge, import, export.

Commands

tabletool [dbname] [tablename]


This command starts an INFO table management program tabletool.

dbname → -db dbname → -db %s


The full path of the info directory where the table to be displayed resides.

tablename → -table tablename → -table %s


The name of the table to display.

Functions

None

294
tabletopixel

tabletopixel
Description

Create one or more IMAGINE files from a tabular ASCII file of pixel values.

Commands

spawn tabletopixel [gui] [inputfile] [clobber] [datatype] [upperleft]


[lowerright] [coordinatetype] [cellsize]
Invoke the tabletopixel application.

gui → -gui flag → -gui %s


Invoke a GUI version of this application unless flag is “0”.

inputfile → -in[put[file]] filename → -in[put[file]] %s


Specify the input .asc file. Note that there is no output file to specify since the output file
name(s) are contained within the .asc file.

clobber → -clobber flag → -clobber %s


Do not overwrite existing files if flag is “0”.

datatype → -d[ata[type]] type → -d[ata[type]] %s


Create .img files with the specified data type. Valid values for type are “unsigned 1-bit”,
“unsigned 2-bit”, “unsigned 4-bit”, “unsigned 8-bit”, “signed 8-bit”, “unsigned 16-bit”,
“signed 16-bit”, “unsigned 32-bit”, “signed 32-bit”, “float”, “double” “complex 64-bit”, and
“complex 128-bit”. The default value is “unsigned 8-bit”.

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f


Specify the upper left coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend → -l[owerright] %f %f


Specify the lower right coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] type → -coord[inate[type]]


%s
Specify whether coordinates are written out in map or file coordinates, depending on if

295
tabletopixel

type is “map” or “file”. Also specifies whether the subset is given in map or file
coordinates. The default coordinate type is “map” if the input file(s) contain map
information, or “file” if the input file(s) contain file information.

cellsize → -cell[size] xsize ysize → -cell[size] %f %f


Create the output .img file(s) from the map coordinates with pixel size xsize, ysize.

Functions

None

296
tapeserver

tapeserver
Description

The ERDAS magnetic tape server.

Commands

tapeserver
The tapeserver command starts the ERDAS magnetic tape server. The magnetic tape
server serves client requests sent to it through the use of the emta package in the IMAGINE
toolkit. Only one tapeserver needs to be started per host. Access to an individual tape device
is handled by a child process of the tapeserver. Under normal circumstances, the tapeserver
will be started automatically through the invocation of the emta_TapeOpen function.

297
tapeutil

tapeutil
Description

The IMAGINE Bourne shell tape-drive-access utility function definition script.

Commands

. tapeutil
The tapeutil command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in other
Bourne shell scripts. The script contains tape-drive-access utility function definitions. This
command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell.

298
tigerarc

tigerarc
Description

This is an ESRI executable that imports lines from a TIGER file. It cannot be run from a command
line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys
functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(tigerarc), and for forking the child process. See file importtiger.c in importtiger module for
example.

299
tigerpnt

tigerpnt
Description

This is an ESRI executable that imports points from a TIGER file. It cannot be run from a
command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL
argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process
(tigerpnt), and for forking the child process. See file importtiger.c in importtiger module for
example.

300
trans

trans
Description

This is an ESRI executable that transforms a coverage using the coordinate transformation
defined by control points in an existing coordinate system, and the same control points in a new
coordinate system. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is
invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate
environment data, and arguments to the child process (trans), and for forking the child process.
See file covtransform.c in covtransform module for example.

301
ungen

ungen
Description

This is an ESRI executable that creates an Arc Generate format file from a coverage. It cannot
be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using
ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child
process (ungen), and for forking the child process. See file exportarcgen.c in exportarcgen
module for example.

302
versiontool

versiontool
Description

The versiontool application provides information about DLL Classes and their associated DLL
Instances. The use of the “Help” buttons associated with the versiontool is a reliable mechanism
through which to access on-line help specific to a particular IMAGINE DLL Instance, whether or
not that DLL Instance was developed and distributed by ERDAS.

Commands

versiontool [EML Library or Window System Initialization argument]...


The versiontool command starts the versiontool application.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument


Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments.

Functions

Context-less Functions
The application functions listed below are general purpose application functions and, as
such, disregard the context passed in their respective C Language argument lists.

list = dllClassInstancesGet ( class , classSearchPath )


The dllClassInstancesGet function retrieves a list of class instances for the specified
class using the specified classSearchPath.

list → [instance]...
The returned list consists of zero or more DLL instances belonging to the named
class.

instance → %w
Each DLL instance is specified as an absolute file name.

class → %s
The class argument specifies the DLL Class for which the DLL Instances should be
identified.

classSearchPath → [searchComponent[:searchComponent]...]

303
versiontool

The classSearchPath argument specifies the search path through which DLL
Instances should be identified.

searchComponent → %w
Each searchComponent in a search path specifies a directory in the file system to be
searched.

description = dllInstanceDescriptionGet ( dllInstanceName )


The dllInstanceDescriptionGet function retrieves an instance description from the
specified DLL Instance

description → %s
Each description is a character string. It may be NULL if the DLL Instance does not
define an InstanceDescriptionGet function.

dllInstanceName → %w
The dllInstanceName argument specifies through an absolute file name the DLL
Instance for which a description should be retrieved.

list = dllInstanceTitlesGet ( dllInstanceName )


The dllInstanceTitlesGet function retrieves a list of object titles from the specified DLL
Instance.

list → [title]...
The returned list consists of zero or more object titles defined by the DLL Instance.

title → %s
Each title is a character string.

dllInstanceName → %w
The dllInstanceName argument specifies through an absolute file name the DLL
Instance for which titles should be identified.

304
viewer

viewer
Description

The viewer application displays raster, vector, and annotation data in view windows. There is
only one viewer application, although it may control more than one viewer window.

The viewer relies upon a concept of information layers: the visual display shows layers as if they
were stacked on top of each other. In other words, any view window may show a combination of
data layers (for example, a raster image with vector coverage and annotation for the same
geographic area). The user will see the information for the top layer and any information for the
bottom layers which is left uncovered by the top. See the viewer instructions on Viewing
Multiple Layers for more information.

Commands

Viewer Window Commands


These viewer commands create or delete viewer windows.

viewer create [at x y] [size width height] [onscreen screen]


This command creates a new view window at the specified location and with the specified
size. For systems with multiple display screens, the onscreen option specifies which of the
screens should display the view window. The created view window will become the current
view window.

x → %d
The integer number x designates the desired x location for the viewer window.

y → %d
The integer number y designates the desired y location for the viewer window.

width → %d
The integer number width designates the desired width of the viewer window.

height → %d
The integer number height designates the desired height of the viewer window.

onscreen → %d
For systems with multiple display screens, the integer number onscreen designates

305
viewer

which screen to display the viewer window.

viewer create at x y size width height copyview


The copyview version of the create command creates a new view window of the specified
size and location which is a copy of the current view window. The created view window will
become the current view window.

x → %d
The integer number x designates the desired x location for the viewer window.

y → %d
The integer number y designates the desired y location for the viewer window.

width → %d
The integer number width designates the desired width of the viewer window.

height → %d
The integer number height designates the desired height of the viewer window.

viewer destroy
This command destroys the current view window, thereby removing it from the screen.

viewer destroyall
This command destroys all view windows, thereby removing them from the screen.

viewer destroyothers
This command destroys all view windows except for the current view window.

Viewer Layer Commands


These viewer commands create or open layers in the viewer.

viewer truecolor file [display displayid] rgb red green blue


[stretch]
This command opens the specified truecolor layer using the specified band combination, with
or without applying stretch to the data. For information on true color images see True Color
Images.

306
viewer

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired truecolor layer.

displayid → %d
The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the truecolor
layer.

red → %d
The integer red specifies the red band for the layer.

green → %d
The integer green specifies the green band for the layer.

blue → %d
The integer blue specifies the blue band for the layer.

stretch → { “userstretch” | “nostretch” }


The stretch option indicates whether a data stretch function should be applied to the
layer as it is displayed. A stretch of “userstretch” will post the data scaling tool
before displaying the file so that the desired stretch can be selected. The “nostretch”
option will display the file without applying data scaling.

viewer greyscale file [display displayid] band band [stretch]


This command opens the specified grey scale layer using the specified band, with or without
applying stretch to the data. For information on gray scale images see Gray Scale Images.

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired greyscale layer.

displayid → %d
The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the
greyscale layer.

band → %d
The integer band specifies which band to use for the layer.

307
viewer

stretch → { “userstretch” | “nostretch” }


The stretch option indicates whether a data stretch function should be applied to the
layer as it is displayed. A stretch of “userstretch” will post the data scaling tool
before displaying the file so that the desired stretch can be selected. The “nostretch”
option will display the file without applying data scaling.

viewer pseudocolor file [display displayid] band band [stretch]


This command opens the specified file as a pseudocolor layer using the specified band, with
or without applying stretch to the data. For information on pseudo color images see Pseudo
Color Images.

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired pseudocolor layer.

displayid → %d
The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the
pseudocolor layer.

band → %d
The integer band specifies which band to use for the layer.

stretch → { “userstretch” | “nostretch” }


The stretch option indicates whether a data stretch function should be applied to the
layer as it is displayed. A stretch of “userstretch” will post the data scaling tool
before displaying the file so that the desired stretch can be selected. The “nostretch”
option will display the file without applying data scaling.

viewer relief file [display displayid] band band


This command opens the specified file as a relief layer using the specified band into the view
window.

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired relief layer.

displayid → %d
The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the

308
viewer

greyscale layer.

band → %d
The integer band specifies which band to use for the layer.

viewer annotation file


This command opens the specified annotation layer into the view window.

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired annotation layer.

viewer aoiload file [display displayid] band band


This command opens the specified AOI (area of interest) layer into the view window.

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired AOI layer.

viewer aoinew
This command creates a new AOI (area of interest) layer in the view window.

viewer vector file [symbology] [precision]


This command opens the specified vector layer in the viewer, with optional symbology.
Precision may also be specified.

file → %s
The file indicates the path and file name of the desired greyscale layer.

symbology → %s
The symbology parameter is the name of the symbology file for the vector layer.

precision → { “singleprecision” | “doubleprecision” }


The precision option indicates whether to use single or double precision.

309
viewer

Viewer Composition Commands


The viewer composition commands create or open map compositions into the view window.
For information on map compositions see Map Compositions.

viewer composition create file size width height units at x y scale


scale background red green blue
This command creates a new map composition in the view window at the specified location
and with the specified size and scale.

file → %s
The file character string indicates the name of the file which will contain the new map
composition.

x → %d
The integer number x designates the desired x location for the map composition window.

y → %d
The integer number y designates the desired y location for the map composition window.

width → %d
The integer number width designates the desired width of the map composition window.

height → %d
The integer number height designates the desired height of the map composition
window.

units → { “inches” | “centimeters” | “points” | “device_pixels” }


The units option specifies the units for width and height
scale → %d
The scale specifies the scale factor for the map composition.

red → %d
The integer red specifies the red value for the map background color.

green → %d

310
viewer

The integer green specifies the green value for the map background color.

blue → %d
The integer blue specifies the blue value for the map background color.

viewer composition file at x y [size width height] scale scale


This command opens a map composition in the view window at the specified location and
with the specified size and scale.

file → %s
The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the map
composition.

x → %d
The integer number x designates the desired x location for the map composition window.

y → %d
The integer number y designates the desired y location for the map composition window.

width → %d
The integer number width designates the desired width of the map composition window.

height → %d
The integer number height designates the desired height of the map composition
window.

scale → %d
The scale specifies the scale factor for the map composition.

viewer composition create file template templatefile at x y scale


scale
This command creates a new map composition in the view window at the specified location,
using the given templatefile as the template for this map.

file → %s

311
viewer

The file character string indicates the name of the file which will contain the map
composition.

templatefile → %s
The templateile character string indicates the name of the file which contains the
template for the map composition.

x → %d
The integer number x designates the desired x location for the map composition window.

y → %d
The integer number y designates the desired y location for the map composition window.

scale → %d
The scale specifies the scale factor for the map composition.

Viewer Window Contents Commands


The window contents commands visually modify the contents of the view windows by
stretching, rotating or scrolling the displayed area of the image layers.

viewer autofit
This command stretches or compresses the contents of the view window to fit into the current
window area.

viewer fittoimage
This command changes the size of the window to match the area of the window contents.

viewer setviewarea [coordtype] ulx uly lrx lry


This command stretches or compresses the image contents (bounded by the given area) to
fit into the current window area. For more information about defining the area of an image to
view see View Extent.

coordtype → [mapcoords | filecoords ]


The coordtype indicates whether the bounding box coordinates should be interpreted
as file or map coordinates.

ulx → %d

312
viewer

uly → %d
The ulx and uly specify the x and y coordinates for the upper left corner of the desired
image bounding box.

lrx → %d

lry → %d
The lrx and lry specify the x and y coordinates for the lower right corner of the desired
image bounding box.

viewer magnification magfactor [ magfactor ] [display display]


[interpolationmode]
This command magnifies the image contents by the given magnification factor. If an
interpolation mode is given, then that method is used. The default resampling is nearest
neighbor. For more information on magnification in the viewer see Reduction.

magfactor → %f
If only one magfactor is given, then the magfactor magnification multiplier is applied
to both the x and y directions for showing the viewer contents. If two magfactors are
given, then the first magfactor is applied to the x scale and the second is applied to y.

interpolationmode → { “nearest” | “bilinear” | “cubic” |


“resample” %s}
The interpolationmode option indicates which resampling method to use:
nearest neighbor, bilinear interpolation, cubic convolution, or other
resample method identified by the subsequent string name.

viewer warp scale xscale yscale rotate angle offset xoffset yoffset
[interpolationmode]
This command transforms the image contents by the given scale factor, rotation angle and
offset, using the interpolation mode for resampling the image if it is specified. The default
resampling is nearest neighbor. For more information of warping the view image, see
Viewer - Linear Adjustment.

xscale → %f

yscale → %f

313
viewer

The xscale and yscale give the scale factors for transforming the view image.

angle → %f
The angle specifies the rotation angle for transforming the view image.

xoffset → %f

yoffset → %f
The xoffset and yoffset give the x and y offsets, respectively, for translating the
view image.
interpolationmode → { “nearest” | “bilinear” | “cubic” | “resample”
%s}
The interpolationmode option indicates which resampling method to use:
nearest neighbor, bilinear interpolation, cubic convolution, or other
resample method identified by the subsequent string name.

viewer warp a b c d e f [interpolationmode]


This command transforms the image contents by the given coefficients, using the
interpolation mode for resampling the image if it is specified. The default resampling is
nearest neighbor.

a → %f

b → %f

c → %f

d → %f

e → %f

f → %f
The a b c d e and f values give the coefficients for transforming the view image.

314
viewer

These coefficients correspond to the following matrix:

a b c
d e f
0 0 1

interpolationmode → { “nearest” | “bilinear” | “cubic” |


“resample” %s}
The interpolationmode option indicates which resampling method to use:
nearest neighbor, bilinear interpolation, cubic convolution, or other
resample method identified by the subsequent string name.

Viewer ColorTable and Histogram Commands


The color table and histogram viewer commands are described here. Each of these
commands modifies the histogram data or lookup table in the top layer of the view window in
some manner.

viewer contrast [contrast]


This command starts the contrast adjustment tool for the top layer in the view window. For
more information on the contrast adjustment tool, see Contrast Adjustments.

contrast → { “simple” | “piecewiselinear” | “graphic” |


“librarian” }
The contrast option indicates which contrast method to use:
simple brightness/contrast;
piecewiselinear contrast which allows you to adjust the brightness and contrast
for a specified range of the current image;
graphic contrast which indicates a histogram breakpoint adjustment; or
contrast librarian which lets you save and restore breakpoints from a contrast
library (file).
viewer convolve [kernel file (kernelname) | disable]
This command sets a convolution filter for the top layer in the view window.

file → %s
The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the convolution
library.

315
viewer

kernelname → %s
The kernelname character string indicates the name of the kernel selected from the
convolution library.
viewer readbp file [colorband]
This command loads the breakpoints into the lookup table for the top layer in the view
window.

file → %s
The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the breakpoints.

colorband → { “red” | “green” | “blue” }


The colorband option indicates for which of the lookup tables to load breakpoints.
viewer writebp file [colorband]
This command writes the breakpoint file of the specified lookup table for the top layer in the
view window.

file → %s
The file character string indicates the name of the file to write the breakpoints.

colorband → { “red” | “green” | “blue” }


The colorband option indicates for which of the lookup tables to write breakpoints.

Multiple Viewer Window Commands


These commands control more that one viewer window, either linking windows
geographically or simply rearranging view windows on the screen.
viewer link create display1 display2
This command creates a coordinate link between the two viewer windows, so the contents of
the windows are geographically tied to each other. Any actions within the viewer windows will
cause corresponding behavior in the other linked windows. The viewers will automatically
track one another as they are scaled, roamed, warped, or resized. For information on linking
viewers, see Linking Viewer Windows.

display1→ %d

display2→ %d

316
viewer

Both display1 and display2 identify the view windows which should be
geographically linked.

viewer multiband file band bands


This command opens a multiband file, placing the specified number of bands into separate
view windows.

file → %s
The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the multiband
image.

bands → %d
The number of bands indicates how many bands of the source image should be shown
in individual view windows.

viewer split [direction] count count


This command causes the viewer window to split into count separate pieces. This command
is similar to actions of the viewer Split Viewer dialog.

direction → [vertical | horizontal| bidirectional ]


The direction indicates whether the viewer should be split in either the vertical or
horizontal direction, or in both directions.

count→ %d
The count indicates how many viewers should be created as a result of splitting the
current view window.
viewer tile at x , y size width, height onscreen screennumber
This command moves the view windows into a tiled pattern on the selected screen beginning
at the specified location.

x → %d
The integer number x designates the desired x location for tiling.

y → %d
The integer number y designates the desired y location for tiling.

317
viewer

screennumber → %d
The integer screennumber specifies which screen on a multi-screen system should be
tiled.

Viewer Miscellaneous Commands


Miscellaneous viewer commands are described here.
viewer clear
This command clears the contents of the view window.
viewer save
This command saves all layers in the view window.
viewer quit
This command quits the viewer process, including all viewer windows.
viewer transbackground [transparency]
This command sets the transparent background attribute of the top raster layer in the viewer.
This mode is only available for true color and gray scale images. For information on
transparency in the viewer see Set Transparency.

transparency → [0 | 1]
The transparency indicator specifies whether the background values of the top layer
should be transparent.
viewer showmenu
This command displays the menu bar in the viewer window.
viewer hidemenu
This command hides the menu bar in the viewer window.
viewer showtoolbar
This command displays the tool bar in the viewer window.
viewer hidetoolbar
This command hides the tool bar in the viewer window.
viewer showstatusbar
This command displays the status bar in the viewer window.
viewer hidestatusbar
This command hides the status bar in the viewer window.

Viewer State Commands


These viewer commands save and restore the current state of the view windows.

318
viewer

viewer viewdump [display displayid] file


This command saves the current state of the view window to a file, using the current view
window if no other is specified.

displayid → %d
The integer displayid specifies to which viewer window the viewdump command
should apply.

file → %s
The file string indicates which file name should be used to save the view window state.
viewer viewload [display displayid] file
This command reloads the saved state of a view window from a file, loading to the current
view window if no other is specified.

displayid → %d
The integer displayid specifies to which viewer window the viewload command should
apply.

file → %s
The file string indicates the file which contains the saved view window state.

319
vueplayer

vueplayer
Description

Viewer sequence editor/displayer

Commands

vueplayer [vplfile] [EML Library or Window System Initialization


argument]...
The vueplayer command displays a new vueplayer window.

vplfile → %s
The vplfile option of the vueplayer command will initialize the new vueplayer
window with the information in the Vue Player List specified.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument


Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments.

Functions

Document Context Functions


The context for all of the application functions listed below is the vueplayer window.
References to the currently-selected Vue Player List below always refer to the Vue Player List
open in the vueplayer document window, represented by the context of the function call.
References to the currently-selected Vue below always refer to the Vue in the line of the
currently-selected Vue Player List where the “>” is.

vuePlayerNewWindow ( )
The vuePlayerNewWindow function creates a new vueplayer document window.

vuePlayerListOpen ( vplfile )
The vuePlayerListOpen function opens the specified Vue Player List in the current
vueplayer window.

vuePlayerListSave ( )
The vuePlayerListSave function saves the currently-selected Vue Player List.

vuePlayerListSaveAs ( )

320
vueplayer

The vuePlayerListSaveAs function displays a dialog to select a new file name for the
currently-selected Vue Player List. The currently-selected Vue Player List is then saved
to the selected file.

vuePlayerCloseWindow ( )
The vuePlayerCloseWindow function closes the current vueplayer window. If the Vue
Player List in this vueplayer window has been edited, the user will be queried to save the
list.

vuePlayerCloseAllWindows ( )
The vuePlayerCloseAllWindows function closes all vueplayer windows. If the Vue
Player List in any vueplayer window has been edited, the user will be queried to save the
list.

vuePlayerAddView ( vuefile )
The vuePlayerAddView function adds a .vue file to the currently-selected Vue Player
List. It will be added to the end of the list.

vuefile → %s
The name of the .vue file to add to the list.

vuePlayerSelectViewFile ( )
The vuePlayerSelectViewFile function replaces the .vue file of the currently-
selected Vue.

vuePlayerCAFunc ( caCommand )
The vuePlayerCAFunc function performs the specified CellArray function in the
currently-selected Vue Player List.

caCommand → %s
Any CellArray command.

vuePlayerDisplayView ( )
The vuePlayerDisplayView function .

vuePlayerStopDisplay ( )

321
vueplayer

The vuePlayerStopDisplay function .

vuePlayerSetLockViews ( )
The vuePlayerSetLockViews function .

vuePlayerSetAutoWrap ( )
The vuePlayerSetAutoWrap function .

interval = vuePlayerGetDisplayInterval ( )
The vuePlayerGetDisplayInterval function .

vuePlayerGetManualStep ( )
The vuePlayerGetManualStep function .

vuePlayerSetDisplayInterval ( )
The vuePlayerSetDisplayInterval function .

322

Você também pode gostar